1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
60 #include "xml-syscall.h"
61 #include "parser-defs.h"
62 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "dummy-frame.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
114 struct linespec_result *,
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
119 struct linespec_result *,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype,
121 enum bpdisp, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
139 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
142 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
143 const struct symtab_and_line *);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
148 struct symtab_and_line,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
152 static struct breakpoint *
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
169 struct bp_location *loc2);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
172 struct address_space *aspace,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
200 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
212 int *other_type_used);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
238 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
240 static void update_global_location_list (int);
242 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
244 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
246 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
248 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
250 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
252 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
254 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
256 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
260 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
262 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
264 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
266 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
269 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
271 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
273 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
275 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
276 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
277 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
280 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
283 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
286 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
289 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
291 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
293 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
296 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
297 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
299 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
302 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
303 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
348 /* The reference count. */
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line *commands;
355 struct command_line *
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
384 struct cmd_list_element *c,
387 fprintf_filtered (file,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
400 struct cmd_list_element *c,
403 fprintf_filtered (file,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
416 struct cmd_list_element *c,
419 fprintf_filtered (file,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto,
462 condition_evaluation_host,
463 condition_evaluation_target,
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598 static int breakpoint_count;
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608 static int tracepoint_count;
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
612 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
627 breakpoint_count = num;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 struct breakpoint *b;
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667 static struct counted_command_line *
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 struct counted_command_line *result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
674 result->commands = commands;
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
696 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
716 static struct cleanup *
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
727 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 struct breakpoint *b;
732 if (b->number == num)
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 struct bp_location *loc;
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
759 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
760 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
781 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
789 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
802 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
803 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
820 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
834 loc->needs_update = 1;
838 update_global_location_list (1);
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
852 fprintf_filtered (file,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
870 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872 if (a->address == b->address)
875 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
883 static struct bp_location **
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
892 dummy_loc.address = address;
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found == NULL)
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
916 xfree (b->cond_string);
917 b->cond_string = NULL;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
928 struct bp_location *loc;
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
948 const char *arg = exp;
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
953 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959 innermost_block = NULL;
961 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
968 struct bp_location *loc;
970 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
975 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
988 static VEC (char_ptr) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
990 const char *text, const char *word)
994 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
995 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
999 struct breakpoint *b;
1000 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len = strlen (text);
1017 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1019 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1034 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1044 bnum = get_number (&p);
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1049 if (b->number == bnum)
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1052 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1053 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1054 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1055 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1057 if (extlang != NULL)
1059 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1060 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1061 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1063 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1065 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1066 update_global_location_list (1);
1071 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1074 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1075 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1076 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1079 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1081 struct command_line *c;
1083 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1087 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1088 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1089 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1091 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1094 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1095 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1096 command directly. */
1097 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1098 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1100 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1101 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1105 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1108 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1110 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1111 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1112 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1116 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1118 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1121 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1122 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1126 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1127 struct command_line *commands)
1129 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1131 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1132 struct command_line *c;
1133 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1135 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1136 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1143 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1144 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1145 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1146 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1147 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1148 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1149 tracepoint's context. */
1150 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1152 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1168 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1172 struct command_line *c2;
1174 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1175 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1176 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1178 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1179 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1185 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1189 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1190 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1193 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1195 struct breakpoint *b;
1196 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1197 struct bp_location *loc;
1200 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1202 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1203 if (loc->address == addr)
1204 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1210 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1211 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1214 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1215 struct command_line *commands)
1217 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1219 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1220 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1231 int old_silent = b->silent;
1234 if (old_silent != silent)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1244 int old_thread = b->thread;
1247 if (old_thread != thread)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1257 int old_task = b->task;
1260 if (old_task != task)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1267 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1269 validate_actionline (line, b);
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1275 struct commands_info
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line *control;
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1289 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1298 struct commands_info *info = data;
1300 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1302 struct command_line *l;
1304 if (info->control != NULL)
1305 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1308 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1311 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1315 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1317 l = read_command_lines (str,
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1326 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1331 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1336 b->commands = info->cmd;
1337 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1342 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1343 struct command_line *control)
1345 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1346 struct commands_info info;
1348 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1349 info.control = control;
1351 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1352 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1353 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1355 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1357 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1358 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1360 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1361 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1364 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1365 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1366 numbers will fail in this case. */
1371 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1373 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1376 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1380 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1382 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1383 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1385 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1389 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1391 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1399 enum command_control_type
1400 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1402 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1403 return simple_control;
1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1411 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1415 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1422 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1427 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1430 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1431 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1432 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1433 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1434 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1436 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1441 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1442 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1444 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1448 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1450 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1451 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1453 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1455 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1460 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1462 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1467 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1468 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1470 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1471 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1472 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1476 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1478 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1479 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1482 if (readbuf != NULL)
1484 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1485 shadow_contents buffer. */
1486 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1487 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1488 + target_info->shadow_len));
1490 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1492 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1493 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1497 const unsigned char *bp;
1498 CORE_ADDR placed_address = target_info->placed_address;
1499 int placed_size = target_info->placed_size;
1501 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1502 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1503 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1505 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1507 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1509 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1510 breakpoint's INSN. */
1511 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1515 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1516 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1518 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1519 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1520 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1522 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1523 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1525 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1526 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1527 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1528 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1529 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1531 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1534 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1535 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1536 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1538 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1540 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1543 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1544 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1545 report higher one. */
1548 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1549 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1551 struct bp_location *bl;
1553 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1554 bl = bp_location[bc];
1556 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1557 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1558 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1559 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1561 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1562 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1563 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1565 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1567 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1575 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1576 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1577 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1578 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1581 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1583 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1584 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1585 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1588 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1591 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1593 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1595 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1596 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1600 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1601 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1602 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1605 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1608 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1609 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1610 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1613 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1616 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1617 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1620 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1621 bp_location array. */
1622 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1624 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1628 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1630 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1631 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1638 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1642 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1644 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1645 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1646 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1649 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1652 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1654 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1655 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1656 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1659 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1663 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1665 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1666 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1669 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1670 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1671 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1672 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1673 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1674 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1675 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1676 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1679 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1681 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1682 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1683 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1684 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1687 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1688 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1691 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1693 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1695 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1697 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1698 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1699 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1700 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1701 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1703 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1706 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1707 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1708 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1709 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1711 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1713 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1714 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1717 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1718 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1719 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1720 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1721 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1722 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1723 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1724 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1726 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1727 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1728 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1729 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1730 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1731 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1732 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1733 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1736 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1737 hardware watchpoints:
1739 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1740 called several times when GDB stops.
1743 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1744 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1745 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1746 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1747 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1748 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1749 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1750 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1751 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1752 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1753 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1755 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1756 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1759 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1761 int within_current_scope;
1762 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1765 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1766 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1767 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1768 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1771 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1776 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1777 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1778 within_current_scope = 1;
1781 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1782 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1783 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1785 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1786 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1787 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1788 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1791 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1792 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1793 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1794 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1797 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1799 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1800 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1801 if (within_current_scope)
1805 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1806 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1807 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1810 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1819 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1820 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1821 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1822 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1823 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1824 be completely different objects. */
1825 value_free (b->val);
1829 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1830 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1831 locations (re)created below. */
1832 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1834 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1836 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1840 s = b->base.cond_string;
1841 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1845 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1846 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1847 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1848 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1849 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1850 if (!target_has_execution)
1852 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1853 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1854 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1855 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1857 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1858 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1860 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1861 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1864 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1867 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1868 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1870 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1872 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1873 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1874 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1875 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1876 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1878 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1884 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1886 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1887 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1889 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1890 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1891 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1892 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1893 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1894 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1895 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1897 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1899 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1900 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1901 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1903 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1904 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1908 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1910 addr = value_address (v);
1912 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1914 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1917 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1918 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1921 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1923 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1924 loc->address = addr;
1925 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1926 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1931 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1932 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1933 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1938 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1939 struct bp_location *bl;
1941 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1945 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1948 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1949 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1950 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1952 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1953 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1954 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1955 this watchpoint in as well. */
1957 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1958 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1959 hardware watchpoint type. */
1960 type = b->base.type;
1961 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1962 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1964 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1965 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1966 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1967 through watch_command), so always account for it
1970 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1971 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1973 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1974 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1977 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1978 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1980 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1982 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1983 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1984 "hardware watchpoint."));
1985 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1986 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1987 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1989 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1990 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1994 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1995 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1996 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1998 b->base.type = type;
2001 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2003 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2004 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2005 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2007 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2008 "read/access watchpoint."));
2011 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2013 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2014 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2015 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2016 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2019 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2021 next = value_next (v);
2026 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2027 above left it without any location set up. But,
2028 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2029 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2030 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2032 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2033 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2034 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2035 base->loc->address = -1;
2036 base->loc->length = -1;
2037 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2040 else if (!within_current_scope)
2042 printf_filtered (_("\
2043 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2044 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2046 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2049 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2051 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2055 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2056 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2057 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2058 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2059 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2061 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2063 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2066 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2069 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2072 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2075 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2076 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2077 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2078 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2079 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2080 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2081 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2082 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2083 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2086 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2088 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2089 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2090 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2097 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2098 that the location is not duplicated. */
2101 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2104 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2107 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2108 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2112 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2113 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2114 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2115 any error during parsing. */
2117 static struct agent_expr *
2118 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2120 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2121 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2126 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2127 that may show up. */
2128 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2130 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2135 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2136 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2137 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2141 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2145 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2146 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2147 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2148 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2149 one of them is true. */
2152 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2154 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2155 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2156 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2157 struct bp_location *loc;
2159 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2160 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2162 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2163 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2164 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2166 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2167 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2170 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2171 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2172 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2173 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2174 response back to GDB. */
2175 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2178 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2182 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2184 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2185 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2186 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2187 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2188 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2189 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2191 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2192 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2198 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2199 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2200 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2202 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2208 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2209 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2210 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2212 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2213 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2214 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2216 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2219 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2221 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2223 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2226 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2227 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2232 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2233 for this location's address. */
2234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2238 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2239 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2240 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2242 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2243 conditions to the target. */
2244 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2245 loc->cond_bytecode);
2251 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2252 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2253 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2255 static struct agent_expr *
2256 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2258 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2259 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2260 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2261 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2262 const char *cmdrest;
2263 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2264 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2266 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2273 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2275 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2277 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2278 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2280 format_start = cmdrest;
2282 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2284 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2286 format_end = cmdrest;
2288 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2289 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2291 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2293 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2294 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2296 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2298 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2300 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2302 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2303 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2306 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2311 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2312 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2314 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2318 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2319 that may show up. */
2320 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2322 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2323 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2324 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2327 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2331 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2332 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2333 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2337 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2341 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2342 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2343 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2346 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2348 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2349 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2350 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2351 struct bp_location *loc;
2353 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2354 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2356 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2359 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2360 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2363 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2364 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2365 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2367 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2370 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2371 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2372 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2376 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2377 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2378 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2379 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2380 response back to GDB. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2384 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2388 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2390 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2391 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2392 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2393 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2394 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2395 loc->owner->extra_string);
2396 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2402 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2403 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2404 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2406 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2412 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2414 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2419 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2420 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2422 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2424 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2427 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2428 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2433 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2434 for this location's address. */
2435 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2438 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2439 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2440 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2441 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2443 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2444 to send the commands to the target. */
2445 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2449 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2450 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2451 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2452 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2455 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2456 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2457 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2458 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2461 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2462 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2464 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2465 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2466 int *disabled_breaks,
2467 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2468 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2470 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2471 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2472 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2474 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2477 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2478 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2479 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2480 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2481 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2482 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2483 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2484 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2485 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2486 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2487 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2488 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2490 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2491 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2492 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2493 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2495 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2497 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2498 build_target_command_list (bl);
2499 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2500 bl->needs_update = 0;
2503 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2504 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2506 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2508 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2509 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2510 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2512 Two important cases are:
2513 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2514 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2515 hardware breakpoint.
2516 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2517 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2518 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2521 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2522 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2523 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2524 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2526 struct mem_region *mr
2527 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2531 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2533 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2535 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2536 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2538 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2540 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2542 static int said = 0;
2544 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2547 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2548 _("Note: automatically using "
2549 "hardware breakpoints for "
2550 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2555 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2556 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2557 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2558 "at readonly address %s"),
2559 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2563 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2564 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2565 || bl->section == NULL
2566 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2568 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2569 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2573 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2575 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2580 bp_err_message = e.message;
2585 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2586 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2587 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2589 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2590 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2591 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2592 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2593 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2597 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2599 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2600 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2601 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2603 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2604 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2608 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2609 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2611 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2616 bp_err_message = e.message;
2619 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2620 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2621 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2622 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2626 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2627 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2629 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2630 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2634 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2636 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2641 bp_err_message = e.message;
2646 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2647 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2652 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2654 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2656 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2657 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2658 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2659 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2660 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2661 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2662 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2663 errors as memory errors. */
2664 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2665 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2666 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2667 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2670 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2671 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2672 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2673 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2675 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2676 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2678 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2679 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2680 "library breakpoints:\n");
2682 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2683 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2684 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2689 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2691 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2692 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2694 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2695 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2696 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2701 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2704 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2705 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2706 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2708 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2709 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2711 bl->owner->number, message);
2712 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2716 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2717 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2732 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2733 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2734 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2735 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2739 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2740 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2742 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2744 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2745 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2746 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2748 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2750 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2751 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2753 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2755 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2756 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2760 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2761 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2768 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2769 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2772 /* Back to the original value. */
2773 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2777 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2780 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2785 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2790 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2795 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2800 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2804 so just return success. */
2811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2818 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2819 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2824 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2825 delete_breakpoint (b);
2828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2832 struct bp_location *tmp;
2834 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2837 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2838 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2840 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2841 if (tmp->next == loc)
2843 tmp->next = loc->next;
2849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2850 removed locations above. */
2851 update_global_location_list (0);
2854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2855 Throws exception on any error.
2856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2859 insert_breakpoints (void)
2861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2866 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2868 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2871 update_global_location_list (1);
2873 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2874 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2876 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2877 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2880 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2883 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2885 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2889 callback (loc, NULL);
2893 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2894 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2895 always-inserted mode. */
2898 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2900 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2903 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2904 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2905 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2907 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2908 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2910 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2911 there was an error. */
2912 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2914 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2918 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2920 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2923 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2924 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2925 deletion of breakpoints. */
2926 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2929 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2931 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2932 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2933 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2934 insert breakpoints. */
2935 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2936 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2939 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2940 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2947 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2948 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2951 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2954 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2957 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2959 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2960 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2963 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2964 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2965 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2967 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2968 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2970 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2971 there was an error. */
2972 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2974 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2976 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2978 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2981 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2982 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2983 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2984 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2985 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2988 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2990 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2991 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2992 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2993 insert breakpoints. */
2994 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2995 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2998 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2999 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3004 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3005 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3008 int some_failed = 0;
3009 struct bp_location *loc;
3011 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3017 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3020 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3021 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3028 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3030 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3032 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3033 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3034 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3042 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3043 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3044 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3046 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3047 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3048 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3050 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3051 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3054 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3057 /* Used when the program stops.
3058 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3059 removing a breakpoint location. */
3062 remove_breakpoints (void)
3064 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3069 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3070 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3075 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3079 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3081 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3085 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3087 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3089 printf_filtered (_("\
3090 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3091 b->number, tp->num);
3093 /* Hide it from the user. */
3099 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3102 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3104 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3106 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3110 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3113 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3118 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3127 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3129 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3130 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3132 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3133 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3134 struct inferior *inf;
3135 struct thread_info *tp;
3137 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3141 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3142 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3144 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3146 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3147 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3149 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3151 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3157 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3160 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3165 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3169 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3171 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3172 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3173 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3174 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3175 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3176 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3178 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3181 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3184 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3185 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3189 static struct breakpoint *
3190 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3191 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3192 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3194 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3195 struct breakpoint *b;
3197 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3200 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3201 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3203 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3204 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3205 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3210 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3212 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3214 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3216 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3217 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3219 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3220 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3222 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3223 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3225 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3226 int longjmp_searched;
3228 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3229 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3231 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3232 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3234 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3235 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3237 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3238 int exception_searched;
3240 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3241 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3244 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3246 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3247 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3249 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3252 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3254 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3257 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3258 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3260 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3261 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3263 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3265 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3266 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3268 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3269 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3271 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3272 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3274 return bp_objfile_data;
3278 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3280 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3282 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3283 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3287 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3289 struct objfile *objfile;
3290 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3292 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3294 struct breakpoint *b;
3295 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3298 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3300 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3303 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3305 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3307 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3308 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3310 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3311 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3314 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3317 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3318 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3320 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3321 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3323 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3325 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3326 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3330 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3331 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3334 update_global_location_list (1);
3338 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3340 struct program_space *pspace;
3341 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3343 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3345 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3347 struct objfile *objfile;
3349 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3351 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3354 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3355 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3357 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3359 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3361 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3365 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3368 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3369 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3371 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3373 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3374 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3375 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3379 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3380 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3383 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3386 struct probe *probe;
3387 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3390 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3391 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3395 struct breakpoint *b;
3397 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3398 get_probe_address (probe,
3401 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3402 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3403 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3409 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3412 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3414 struct breakpoint *b;
3415 const char *func_name;
3418 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3421 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3422 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3424 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3426 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3427 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3429 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3430 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3433 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3436 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3437 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3438 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3439 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3440 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3444 update_global_location_list (1);
3446 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3449 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3451 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3453 struct program_space *pspace;
3454 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3455 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3457 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3459 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3461 struct objfile *objfile;
3464 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3466 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3468 struct breakpoint *b;
3469 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3471 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3473 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3476 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3478 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3480 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3481 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3482 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3484 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3485 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3488 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3491 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3492 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3493 bp_std_terminate_master,
3494 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3495 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3496 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3500 update_global_location_list (1);
3502 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3505 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3508 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3510 struct objfile *objfile;
3511 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3513 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3515 struct breakpoint *b;
3516 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3517 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3520 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3522 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3523 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3527 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3531 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3532 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3534 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3536 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3537 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3538 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3542 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3543 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3546 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3548 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3550 struct probe *probe;
3553 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3554 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3558 struct breakpoint *b;
3560 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3561 get_probe_address (probe,
3563 bp_exception_master,
3564 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3565 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3566 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3572 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3574 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3577 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3579 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3581 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3583 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3584 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3586 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3590 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3593 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3594 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3596 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3597 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3598 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3599 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3602 update_global_location_list (1);
3606 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3608 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3609 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3611 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3612 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3613 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3614 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3615 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3616 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3617 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3618 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3620 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3621 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3625 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3628 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3629 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3631 delete_breakpoint (b);
3635 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3636 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3638 delete_breakpoint (b);
3642 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3643 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3644 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3645 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3646 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b);
3652 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3653 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3655 delete_breakpoint (b);
3659 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3661 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3662 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3663 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3665 delete_breakpoint (b);
3669 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3671 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3672 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3673 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3674 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3678 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3679 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3680 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3681 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3682 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3683 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3685 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3686 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3687 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3688 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3689 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3690 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3691 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3693 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3694 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3695 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3696 let finish_command delete it.
3698 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3699 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3700 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3701 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3702 solib breakpoints.) */
3704 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3709 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3710 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3712 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3714 delete_breakpoint (b);
3718 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3719 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3720 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3721 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3722 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3726 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3728 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3730 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3731 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3733 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3734 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3736 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3737 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3740 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3743 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3744 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3745 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3746 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3747 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3748 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3749 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3753 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3756 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3757 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3759 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3763 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3764 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3765 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3766 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3767 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3770 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3774 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3775 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3777 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3778 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3781 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3782 This should not ever happen. */
3783 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3785 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3786 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3788 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3789 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3790 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3792 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3793 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3794 || bl->section == NULL
3795 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3797 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3799 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3800 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3801 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3802 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3803 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3804 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3805 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3806 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3807 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3808 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3809 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3810 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3811 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3812 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3813 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3814 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3815 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3816 they should always be removed. */
3817 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3818 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3819 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3822 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3826 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3827 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3828 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3830 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3831 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3833 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3834 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3835 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3836 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3837 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3839 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3840 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3842 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3843 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3846 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3847 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3848 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3849 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3851 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3852 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3853 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3854 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3855 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3856 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3862 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3867 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3868 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3869 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3870 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3871 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3872 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3873 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3874 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3875 always-inserted mode. */
3877 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3878 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3879 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3880 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3886 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3888 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3890 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3891 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3893 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3894 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3896 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3897 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3898 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3901 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3902 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3905 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3906 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3908 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3912 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3919 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3922 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3924 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3925 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3927 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3928 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3931 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3932 This should not ever happen. */
3933 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3935 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3937 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3939 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3941 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3945 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3948 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3950 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3952 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3953 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3957 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3958 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3960 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3963 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3964 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3965 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3970 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3972 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3973 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3975 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3977 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3979 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3982 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3984 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3985 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3986 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3992 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3998 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4000 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4001 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4004 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4006 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4008 case bp_shlib_event:
4010 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4011 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4012 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4013 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4014 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4016 (gdb) file prog-linux
4017 (gdb) run # native linux target
4020 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4021 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4024 case bp_step_resume:
4026 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4028 delete_breakpoint (b);
4032 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4033 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4034 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4036 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4038 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4039 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4040 delete_breakpoint (b);
4041 else if (context == inf_starting)
4043 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4044 insert_breakpoints. */
4046 value_free (w->val);
4057 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4058 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4059 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4060 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4063 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4064 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4065 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4066 match, not program space. */
4068 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4069 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4070 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4071 permanent breakpoint.
4072 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4073 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4074 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4075 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4076 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4078 enum breakpoint_here
4079 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4081 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4082 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4084 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4086 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4087 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4090 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4091 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4092 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4093 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4095 if (overlay_debugging
4096 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4097 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4098 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4099 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4100 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4102 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4106 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4109 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4112 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4114 struct bp_location *loc;
4117 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4118 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4124 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4125 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4126 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4127 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4130 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4133 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4137 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4138 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4142 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4144 if (overlay_debugging
4145 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4146 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4147 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4155 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4156 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4159 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4161 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4164 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4170 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4171 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4173 static struct bp_location *
4174 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4177 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4181 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4185 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4188 if (overlay_debugging
4189 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4190 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4191 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4200 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4204 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4207 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4210 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4211 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4218 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4219 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4221 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4225 struct bp_location *loc;
4227 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4228 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4231 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4234 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4235 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4239 /* Check for intersection. */
4240 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4241 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4249 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4250 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4253 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4256 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4257 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4261 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4263 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4264 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4267 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4268 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4269 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4272 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4275 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4277 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4278 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4279 it is now time to do so. */
4281 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4282 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4286 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4288 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4289 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4290 it is now time to do so. */
4292 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4293 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4297 if (overlay_debugging
4298 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4299 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4300 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4309 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4313 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4315 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4318 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4322 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4324 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4325 value_free (bs->old_val);
4326 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4327 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4331 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4332 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4335 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4352 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4353 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4356 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4360 bpstat retval = NULL;
4365 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4367 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4368 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4369 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4370 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4371 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4373 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4374 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4378 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4388 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4391 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4396 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4398 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4404 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4407 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4409 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4411 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4413 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4415 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4420 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4429 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4430 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4431 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4432 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4434 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4435 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4437 Return 1 otherwise. */
4440 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4442 struct breakpoint *b;
4445 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4447 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4448 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4449 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4450 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4451 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4453 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4455 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4462 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4464 struct thread_info *tp;
4467 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4470 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4474 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4476 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4478 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4480 value_free (bs->old_val);
4486 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4489 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4491 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4493 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4495 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4496 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4497 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4498 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4499 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4503 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4506 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4509 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4511 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4514 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4515 or its equivalent. */
4518 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4520 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4521 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4524 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4525 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4526 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4527 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4529 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4530 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4531 bpstat of the current thread. */
4534 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4537 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4540 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4542 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4545 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4546 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4548 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4550 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4553 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4554 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4556 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4557 struct command_line *cmd;
4558 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4560 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4562 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4563 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4564 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4565 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4566 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4567 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4568 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4569 the tree when we're done. */
4570 ccmd = bs->commands;
4571 bs->commands = NULL;
4572 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4573 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4574 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4576 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4582 execute_control_command (cmd);
4584 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4590 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4591 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4593 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4595 if (target_can_async_p ())
4596 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4597 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4598 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4601 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4602 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4603 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4604 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4605 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4606 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4607 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4608 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4609 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4610 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4611 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4612 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4613 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4618 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4623 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4625 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4627 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4628 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4629 && target_has_execution
4630 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4631 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4632 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4633 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4634 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4635 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4636 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4639 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4642 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4645 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4648 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4651 struct value_print_options opts;
4652 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4653 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4657 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4658 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4659 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4660 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4663 static enum print_stop_action
4664 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4666 switch (bs->print_it)
4669 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4670 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4674 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4675 relevant messages. */
4676 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4679 case print_it_normal:
4681 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4683 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4684 which has since been deleted. */
4686 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4688 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4689 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4694 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4695 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4700 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4703 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4706 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4708 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4712 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4713 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4714 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4716 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4717 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4718 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4721 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4722 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4723 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4727 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4731 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4732 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4735 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4740 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4741 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4742 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4745 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4750 struct so_list *iter;
4752 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4754 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4755 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4758 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4763 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4764 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4765 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4768 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4772 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4773 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4774 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4775 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4776 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4777 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4778 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4781 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4782 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4783 code to print the location. An example is
4784 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4786 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4787 to also print the location part of the message.
4788 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4789 don't require a location appended to the end.
4790 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4791 further info to be printed. */
4793 enum print_stop_action
4794 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4798 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4799 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4800 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4801 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4802 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4804 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4805 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4806 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4807 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4811 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4812 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4813 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4814 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4816 print_solib_event (0);
4817 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4820 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4821 with and nothing was printed. */
4822 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4825 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4826 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4827 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4828 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4829 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4830 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4833 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4835 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4836 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4838 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4842 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4845 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4849 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4851 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4852 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4853 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4854 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4855 incref_bp_location (bl);
4856 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4857 bs->commands = NULL;
4859 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4863 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4864 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4867 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4869 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4871 struct breakpoint *b;
4873 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4875 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4876 as not triggered. */
4878 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4880 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4882 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4888 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4890 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4891 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4893 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4895 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4897 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4903 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4904 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4908 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4910 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4911 struct bp_location *loc;
4913 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4914 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4916 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4918 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4919 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4921 if (newaddr == start)
4923 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4927 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4928 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4932 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4941 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4942 because of check_errors). */
4943 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4944 #define WP_DELETED 1
4945 /* The value has changed. */
4946 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4947 /* The value has not changed. */
4948 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4949 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4952 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4953 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4955 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4958 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4959 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4962 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4964 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4965 struct watchpoint *b;
4966 struct frame_info *fr;
4967 int within_current_scope;
4969 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4970 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4971 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4973 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4974 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4975 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4976 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4979 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4980 within_current_scope = 1;
4983 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4984 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4985 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4987 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4988 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4989 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4990 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4991 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4992 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4993 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4994 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4995 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4996 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4999 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5000 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5002 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5003 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5004 if (within_current_scope)
5006 struct symbol *function;
5008 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5009 if (function == NULL
5010 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5011 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5012 within_current_scope = 0;
5015 if (within_current_scope)
5016 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5017 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5022 if (within_current_scope)
5024 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5025 time before we return to the command level and call
5026 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5027 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5031 struct value *new_val;
5033 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5034 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5035 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5036 a mask watchpoint. */
5037 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5039 mark = value_mark ();
5040 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5042 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5043 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5044 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5045 not what we want. */
5046 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5047 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5049 if (new_val != NULL)
5051 release_value (new_val);
5052 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5054 bs->old_val = b->val;
5057 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5061 /* Nothing changed. */
5062 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5063 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5068 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5070 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5071 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5072 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5073 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5074 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5075 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5076 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5077 the first value assigned). */
5078 /* We print all the stop information in
5079 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5080 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5081 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5083 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5085 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5086 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5087 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5089 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5090 which its expression is valid.\n");
5092 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5093 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5094 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5100 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5101 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5102 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5105 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5106 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5107 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5109 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5111 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5112 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5114 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5117 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5118 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5121 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5123 const struct bp_location *bl;
5124 struct watchpoint *b;
5126 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5127 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5128 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5129 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5130 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5133 int must_check_value = 0;
5135 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5136 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5138 must_check_value = 1;
5139 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5140 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5141 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5143 must_check_value = 1;
5144 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5145 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5146 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5147 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5148 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5149 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5150 must_check_value = 1;
5152 if (must_check_value)
5155 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5157 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5158 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5160 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5164 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5165 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5169 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5172 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5173 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5175 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5177 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5178 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5179 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5180 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5181 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5182 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5183 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5186 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5187 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5190 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5191 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5192 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5193 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5195 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5196 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5197 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5200 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5201 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5202 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5203 changes. This still gives false positives when
5204 the program writes the same value to memory as
5205 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5206 it for a read), but it's much better than
5209 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5211 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5213 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5216 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5217 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5219 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5220 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5222 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5223 == watch_triggered_yes)
5225 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5231 if (other_write_watchpoint
5232 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5234 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5235 and the value changed since the last time we
5236 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5238 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5243 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5244 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5245 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5247 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5248 the value hasn't changed. */
5249 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5257 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5258 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5259 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5260 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5261 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5265 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5267 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5268 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5269 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5270 anything for this watchpoint. */
5271 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5277 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5278 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5279 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5280 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5283 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5285 const struct bp_location *bl;
5286 struct breakpoint *b;
5287 int value_is_zero = 0;
5288 struct expression *cond;
5290 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5292 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5293 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5294 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5295 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5296 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5298 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5299 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5300 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5302 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5303 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5309 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5310 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5312 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5313 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5320 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5322 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5324 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5326 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5333 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5335 int within_current_scope = 1;
5336 struct watchpoint * w;
5338 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5339 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5340 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5341 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5343 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5345 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5346 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5350 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5351 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5352 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5353 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5354 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5356 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5357 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5360 struct frame_info *frame;
5362 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5363 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5364 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5365 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5366 really matter which instantiation of the function
5367 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5368 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5369 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5370 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5371 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5372 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5373 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5374 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5376 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5378 select_frame (frame);
5380 within_current_scope = 0;
5382 if (within_current_scope)
5384 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5385 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5389 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5390 "in the current scope"));
5391 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5392 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5395 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5396 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5399 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5403 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5407 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5409 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5414 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5415 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5417 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5418 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5421 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5423 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5425 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5426 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5427 several reasons concurrently.)
5429 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5430 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5433 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5435 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5437 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5438 struct bp_location *bl;
5439 struct bp_location *loc;
5440 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5441 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5442 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5445 int need_remove_insert;
5448 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5449 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5450 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5451 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5452 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5453 inferior function calls. */
5457 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5460 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5462 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5463 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5464 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5465 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5466 checked all locations already. */
5467 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5470 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5473 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5476 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5479 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5482 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5483 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5484 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5488 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5489 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5490 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5492 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5494 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5496 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5501 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5503 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5505 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5506 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5509 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5513 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5514 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5515 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5517 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5519 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5521 handle_solib_event ();
5526 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5527 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5528 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5532 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5537 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5538 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5541 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5546 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5548 /* We will stop here. */
5549 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5551 --(b->enable_count);
5552 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5553 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5554 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5559 bs->commands = b->commands;
5560 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5561 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5562 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5565 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5570 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5572 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5573 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5576 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5577 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5578 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5580 need_remove_insert = 0;
5581 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5582 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5584 && bs->breakpoint_at
5585 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5587 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5589 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5590 need_remove_insert = 1;
5593 if (need_remove_insert)
5594 update_global_location_list (1);
5595 else if (removed_any)
5596 update_global_location_list (0);
5602 handle_jit_event (void)
5604 struct frame_info *frame;
5605 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5607 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5608 breakpoint_re_set. */
5609 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5611 frame = get_current_frame ();
5612 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5614 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5616 target_terminal_inferior ();
5619 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5621 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5624 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5626 struct bpstat_what retval;
5630 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5631 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5632 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5634 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5636 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5637 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5638 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5641 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5643 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5644 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5648 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5655 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5658 case bp_shlib_event:
5662 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5664 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5667 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5670 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5671 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5672 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5676 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5678 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5682 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5683 This requires no further action. */
5687 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5689 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5690 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5692 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5693 case bp_exception_resume:
5694 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5695 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5697 case bp_step_resume:
5699 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5702 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5703 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5706 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5708 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5711 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5712 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5715 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5716 case bp_thread_event:
5717 case bp_overlay_event:
5718 case bp_longjmp_master:
5719 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5720 case bp_exception_master:
5721 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5727 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5729 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5733 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5734 This requires no further action. */
5739 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5742 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5743 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5744 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5745 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5747 case bp_std_terminate:
5748 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5749 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5750 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5751 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5754 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5755 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5756 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5757 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5759 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5760 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5762 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5763 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5764 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5766 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5767 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5768 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5769 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5774 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5776 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5780 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5781 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5784 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5787 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5788 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5793 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5795 handle_jit_event ();
5798 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5800 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5806 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5807 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5809 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5810 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5818 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5819 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5820 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5823 bpstat_should_step (void)
5825 struct breakpoint *b;
5828 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5834 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5836 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5845 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5846 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5847 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5850 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5852 static char wrap_indent[80];
5853 int i, total_width, width, align;
5857 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5859 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5861 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5862 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5863 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5868 total_width += width + 1;
5874 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5875 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5877 "host": Host evals condition.
5878 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5879 "target": Target evals condition.
5883 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5885 struct bp_location *bl;
5886 char host_evals = 0;
5887 char target_evals = 0;
5892 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5895 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5896 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5897 return condition_evaluation_host;
5899 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5901 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5907 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5908 return condition_evaluation_both;
5909 else if (target_evals)
5910 return condition_evaluation_target;
5912 return condition_evaluation_host;
5915 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5916 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5919 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5921 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5924 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5925 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5926 return condition_evaluation_host;
5928 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5929 return condition_evaluation_target;
5931 return condition_evaluation_host;
5934 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5937 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5938 struct bp_location *loc)
5940 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5941 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5943 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5947 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5949 if (b->display_canonical)
5950 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5951 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5954 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5957 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5958 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5959 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5960 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5961 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5962 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5964 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5965 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5966 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5968 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5969 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5970 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5976 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5977 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5979 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5981 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5983 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5988 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5989 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5990 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5992 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5993 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5994 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5995 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5998 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6002 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6004 struct ep_type_description
6009 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6011 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6012 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6013 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6014 {bp_until, "until"},
6015 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6016 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6017 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6018 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6019 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6020 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6021 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6022 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6023 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6024 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6025 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6026 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6027 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6028 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6029 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6030 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6031 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6032 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6033 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6034 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6035 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6036 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6037 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6038 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6039 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6040 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6041 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6042 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6043 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6046 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6047 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6048 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6049 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6052 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6055 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6056 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6059 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6060 const char *field_name,
6064 struct cleanup *back_to;
6065 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6069 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6070 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6071 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6074 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6076 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6082 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6083 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6088 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6090 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6096 do_cleanups (back_to);
6099 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6102 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6103 struct bp_location *loc,
6105 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6108 struct command_line *l;
6109 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6111 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6112 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6113 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6114 struct value_print_options opts;
6116 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6118 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6119 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6120 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6123 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6124 header_of_multiple = 1;
6132 if (part_of_multiple)
6135 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6136 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6141 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6146 if (part_of_multiple)
6147 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6149 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6153 if (part_of_multiple)
6154 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6161 if (part_of_multiple)
6162 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6164 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6165 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6166 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6170 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6172 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6173 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6174 make sure there's just one location. */
6175 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6176 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6182 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6183 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6187 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6188 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6189 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6191 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6193 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6194 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6195 is relatively readable). */
6196 if (opts.addressprint)
6197 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6204 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6208 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6209 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6211 case bp_exception_resume:
6212 case bp_step_resume:
6213 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6214 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6216 case bp_std_terminate:
6217 case bp_shlib_event:
6218 case bp_thread_event:
6219 case bp_overlay_event:
6220 case bp_longjmp_master:
6221 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6222 case bp_exception_master:
6224 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6225 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6228 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6229 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6230 if (opts.addressprint)
6233 if (header_of_multiple)
6234 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6235 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6236 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6238 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6239 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6242 if (!header_of_multiple)
6243 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6250 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6252 struct inferior *inf;
6253 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6258 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6259 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6262 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6263 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6265 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6266 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6267 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6268 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6269 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6270 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6272 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6273 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6276 if (!part_of_multiple)
6278 if (b->thread != -1)
6280 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6281 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6282 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6283 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6285 else if (b->task != 0)
6287 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6288 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6292 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6294 if (!part_of_multiple)
6295 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6297 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6300 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6301 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6303 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6304 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6305 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6308 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6311 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6312 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6314 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6315 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6317 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6318 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6319 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6320 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6321 == condition_evaluation_target)
6323 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6324 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6325 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6326 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6331 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6333 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6335 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6336 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6339 if (!part_of_multiple)
6343 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6344 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6345 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6346 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6347 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6349 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6351 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6352 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6353 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6355 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6359 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6360 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6361 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6365 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6369 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6370 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6373 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6374 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6375 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6376 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6379 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6380 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6381 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6382 if (b->ignore_count)
6383 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6385 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6386 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6387 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6390 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6392 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6394 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6397 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6402 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6403 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6405 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6408 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6409 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6410 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6413 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6415 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6417 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6419 annotate_field (10);
6420 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6421 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6422 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6425 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6427 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6429 annotate_field (11);
6431 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6432 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6433 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6437 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6439 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6440 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6445 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6447 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6449 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6451 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6453 else if (b->addr_string)
6454 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6459 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6460 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6463 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6464 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6466 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6468 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6469 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6471 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6472 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6473 locations, if any. */
6474 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6476 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6477 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6478 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6481 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6482 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6484 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6485 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6487 struct bp_location *loc;
6490 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6492 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6493 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6494 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6495 do_cleanups (inner2);
6502 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6504 int print_address_bits = 0;
6505 struct bp_location *loc;
6507 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6511 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6512 an address to print. */
6513 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6516 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6517 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6518 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6521 return print_address_bits;
6524 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6530 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6532 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6533 struct breakpoint *b;
6534 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6538 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6540 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6548 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6549 char **error_message)
6551 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6554 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6556 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6557 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6563 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6564 internal or momentary. */
6567 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6569 return b->number > 0;
6572 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6573 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6574 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6575 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6576 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6577 breakpoints listed. */
6580 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6581 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6583 struct breakpoint *b;
6584 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6585 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6586 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6587 struct value_print_options opts;
6588 int print_address_bits = 0;
6589 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6590 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6592 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6594 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6595 required for address fields. */
6596 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6599 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6600 if (filter && !filter (b))
6603 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6604 accept. Skip the others. */
6605 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6607 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6609 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6613 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6615 int addr_bit, type_len;
6617 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6618 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6619 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6621 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6622 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6623 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6625 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6629 if (opts.addressprint)
6631 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6632 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6636 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6637 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6640 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6641 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6642 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6644 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6645 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6647 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6648 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6649 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6651 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6652 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6654 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6655 if (opts.addressprint)
6657 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6659 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6660 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6661 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6663 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6664 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6666 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6668 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6669 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6670 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6671 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6676 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6677 if (filter && !filter (b))
6680 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6681 accept. Skip the others. */
6683 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6685 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6687 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6690 else /* all others */
6692 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6696 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6698 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6699 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6702 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6704 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6706 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6710 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6711 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6713 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6714 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6720 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6721 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6724 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6725 there have been breakpoints? */
6726 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6728 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6731 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6732 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6735 default_collect_info (void)
6737 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6739 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6740 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6742 if (!*default_collect)
6745 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6747 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6748 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6749 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6753 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6755 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6757 default_collect_info ();
6761 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6763 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6764 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6766 if (num_printed == 0)
6768 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6769 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6771 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6776 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6778 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6780 default_collect_info ();
6784 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6785 struct program_space *pspace,
6786 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6788 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6790 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6792 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6793 && bl->address == pc
6794 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6800 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6801 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6805 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6806 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6807 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6810 struct breakpoint *b;
6813 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6814 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6818 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6819 else /* if (others == ???) */
6820 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6822 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6825 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6826 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6827 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6828 else if (b->thread != -1)
6829 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6830 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6831 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6832 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6834 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6838 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6840 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6841 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6842 printf_filtered (".\n");
6847 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6848 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6849 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6850 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6852 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6853 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6854 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6855 breakpoint at address zero:
6863 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6865 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6867 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6870 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6871 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6874 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6875 struct bp_location *loc2)
6877 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6878 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6880 /* Both of them must exist. */
6881 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6882 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6884 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6885 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6886 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6887 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6888 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6889 other watchpoint. */
6891 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6893 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6896 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6898 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6902 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6903 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6904 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6905 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6906 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6907 become hw_access locations later. */
6908 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6909 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6910 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6911 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6914 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6917 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6918 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6920 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6921 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6925 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6926 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6927 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6928 space doesn't really matter. */
6931 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6932 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6935 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6936 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6937 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6940 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6941 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6942 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6943 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6946 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6947 struct address_space *aspace,
6950 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6953 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6954 bl->address, bl->length,
6958 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6959 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6960 true, otherwise returns false. */
6963 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6964 struct bp_location *loc2)
6966 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6967 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6968 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6969 different locations. */
6970 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6975 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6976 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6977 represent the same location. */
6980 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6981 struct bp_location *loc2)
6983 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6985 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6986 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6987 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6989 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6990 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6992 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6995 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6996 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6997 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6999 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7000 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7001 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7002 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7006 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7007 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7009 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7010 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7014 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7015 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7017 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7018 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7020 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7023 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7024 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7025 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7026 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7029 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7030 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7032 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7034 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7037 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7038 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7039 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7040 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7041 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7043 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7044 have their addresses modified. */
7049 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7051 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7052 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7053 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7055 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7056 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7058 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7059 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7061 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7066 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7067 struct breakpoint *owner)
7069 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7071 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7076 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7077 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7080 switch (owner->type)
7086 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7087 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7089 case bp_exception_resume:
7090 case bp_step_resume:
7091 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7092 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7094 case bp_std_terminate:
7095 case bp_shlib_event:
7096 case bp_thread_event:
7097 case bp_overlay_event:
7099 case bp_longjmp_master:
7100 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7101 case bp_exception_master:
7102 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7103 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7105 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7106 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7108 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7109 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7110 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7112 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7113 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7114 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7115 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7120 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7121 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7122 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7125 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7131 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7133 static struct bp_location *
7134 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7136 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7140 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7142 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7146 /* Increment reference count. */
7149 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7154 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7155 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7158 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7160 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7162 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7163 free_bp_location (*blp);
7167 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7170 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7172 struct breakpoint *b1;
7174 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7175 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7177 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7179 breakpoint_chain = b;
7188 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7191 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7194 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7196 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7198 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7202 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7203 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7204 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7206 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7209 b->ignore_count = 0;
7211 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7212 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7213 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7214 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7217 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7218 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7220 static struct breakpoint *
7221 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7223 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7225 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7227 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7228 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7232 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7233 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7237 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7239 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7241 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7242 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7243 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7246 const char *function_name;
7247 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7249 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7250 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7252 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7254 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7256 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7257 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7258 &loc->requested_address))
7260 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7261 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7262 loc->requested_address,
7265 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7266 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7268 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7269 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7270 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7271 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7273 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7278 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7282 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7284 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7287 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7289 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7294 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7295 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7296 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7298 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7299 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7300 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7303 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7304 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7305 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7307 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7309 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7311 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7312 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7314 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7315 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7317 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7318 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7321 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7322 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7323 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7324 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7325 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7326 is also returned as the value of this function.
7328 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7329 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7330 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7331 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7332 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7333 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7334 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7337 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7338 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7339 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7341 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7343 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7344 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7349 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7350 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7352 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7354 struct bp_location *bl;
7356 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7358 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7359 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7360 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7361 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7362 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7363 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7367 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7368 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7369 initiated the operation. */
7372 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7374 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7375 int thread = tp->num;
7377 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7378 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7379 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7380 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7381 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7382 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7383 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7384 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7386 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7387 struct breakpoint *clone;
7389 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7390 after their removal. */
7391 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7392 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7393 clone->thread = thread;
7396 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7399 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7401 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7403 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7406 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7408 if (b->thread == thread)
7409 delete_breakpoint (b);
7414 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7419 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7421 if (b->thread == thread)
7422 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7426 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7427 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7428 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7432 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7434 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7437 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7439 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7441 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7442 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7444 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7446 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7448 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7451 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7452 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7453 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7454 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7460 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7461 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7464 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7465 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7469 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7471 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7474 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7476 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7478 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7479 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7480 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7481 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7484 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7486 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7488 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7489 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7490 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7492 delete_breakpoint (b);
7497 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7499 struct breakpoint *b;
7502 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7504 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7505 update_global_location_list (1);
7506 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7511 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7513 struct breakpoint *b;
7516 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7518 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7519 update_global_location_list (0);
7520 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7524 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7525 master breakpoint. */
7527 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7529 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7532 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7533 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7535 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7536 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7540 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7542 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7544 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7547 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7548 delete_breakpoint (b);
7552 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7554 struct breakpoint *b;
7556 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7557 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7560 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7562 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7570 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7572 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7575 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7576 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7577 delete_breakpoint (b);
7580 struct lang_and_radix
7586 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7589 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7591 struct breakpoint *b;
7593 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7594 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7595 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7599 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7602 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7604 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7607 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7608 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b);
7613 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7615 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7618 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7619 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7620 delete_breakpoint (b);
7624 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7626 struct breakpoint *b;
7628 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7629 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7630 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7634 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7635 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7638 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7640 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7642 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7644 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7645 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7647 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7648 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7649 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7650 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7651 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7652 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7653 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7654 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7655 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7656 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7657 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7658 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7661 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7666 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7667 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7668 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7671 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7673 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7674 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7676 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7677 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7678 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7679 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7680 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7681 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7684 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7686 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7687 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7689 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7690 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7691 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7692 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7693 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7694 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7695 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7696 || is_tracepoint (b))
7697 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7699 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7700 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7701 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7702 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7705 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7706 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7708 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7710 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7711 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7712 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7715 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7720 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7721 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7722 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7725 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7727 struct breakpoint *b;
7729 if (objfile == NULL)
7732 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7733 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7734 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7735 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7736 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7737 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7738 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7740 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7741 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7743 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7744 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7749 struct bp_location *loc;
7750 int bp_modified = 0;
7752 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7755 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7757 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7759 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7760 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7763 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7766 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7769 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7770 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7773 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7775 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7776 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7777 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7778 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7779 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7782 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7789 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7793 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7795 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7796 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7797 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7798 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7799 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7801 struct fork_catchpoint
7803 /* The base class. */
7804 struct breakpoint base;
7806 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7807 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7808 catchpoint has triggered. */
7809 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7812 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7816 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7818 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7821 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7825 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7827 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7830 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7834 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7835 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7836 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7838 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7840 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7843 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7847 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7850 static enum print_stop_action
7851 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7853 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7854 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7855 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7857 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7858 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7859 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7864 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7865 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7868 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7869 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7870 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7871 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7872 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7875 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7879 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7881 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7882 struct value_print_options opts;
7883 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7885 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7887 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7888 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7890 if (opts.addressprint)
7891 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7893 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7894 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7896 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7897 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7898 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7899 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7906 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7910 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7912 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7915 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7919 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7922 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7925 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7929 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7933 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7935 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7938 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7942 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7944 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7947 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7951 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7952 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7953 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7955 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7957 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7960 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7964 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7967 static enum print_stop_action
7968 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7970 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7971 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7972 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7974 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7975 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7978 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7979 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7982 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7985 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7986 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7987 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7988 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7989 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7992 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7996 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7998 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7999 struct value_print_options opts;
8000 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8002 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8003 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8004 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8006 if (opts.addressprint)
8007 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8009 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8010 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8012 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8013 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8014 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8015 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8019 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8022 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8026 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8031 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8035 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8038 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8041 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8043 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8045 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8046 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8047 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8048 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8049 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8051 struct solib_catchpoint
8053 /* The base class. */
8054 struct breakpoint base;
8056 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8057 unsigned char is_load;
8059 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8060 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8066 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8068 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8071 regfree (&self->compiled);
8072 xfree (self->regex);
8074 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8078 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8084 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8090 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8091 struct address_space *aspace,
8093 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8095 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8096 struct breakpoint *other;
8098 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8101 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8103 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8105 if (other == bl->owner)
8108 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8111 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8114 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8116 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8125 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8127 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8128 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8133 struct so_list *iter;
8136 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8141 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8150 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8155 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8161 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8164 static enum print_stop_action
8165 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8167 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8168 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8170 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8171 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8174 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8175 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8176 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8178 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8179 print_solib_event (1);
8180 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8184 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8186 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8187 struct value_print_options opts;
8188 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8191 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8192 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8193 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8195 if (opts.addressprint)
8198 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8205 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8207 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8212 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8214 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8216 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8219 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8220 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8221 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8225 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8227 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8229 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8230 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8234 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8236 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8239 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8240 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8242 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8243 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8246 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8248 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8249 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8250 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8251 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8252 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8253 created in an enabled state. */
8256 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8258 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8259 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8260 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8264 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8266 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8267 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8273 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8276 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8278 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8279 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8281 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8284 c->is_load = is_load;
8285 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8286 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8288 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8290 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8291 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8294 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8298 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8299 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8302 const int enabled = 1;
8304 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8306 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8310 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8311 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8313 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8317 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8318 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8320 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8323 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8324 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8325 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8326 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8327 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8329 struct syscall_catchpoint
8331 /* The base class. */
8332 struct breakpoint base;
8334 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8335 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8336 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8337 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8338 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8341 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8345 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8347 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8349 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8351 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8354 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8356 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8358 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8359 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8360 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8362 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8363 int any_syscall_count;
8365 /* Count of each system call. */
8366 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8368 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8369 if any catching is necessary. */
8370 int total_syscalls_count;
8373 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8374 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8376 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8378 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8379 if (inf_data == NULL)
8381 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8382 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8389 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8395 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8399 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8401 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8402 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8403 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8404 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8406 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8407 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8408 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8414 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8419 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8421 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8422 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8423 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8425 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8426 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8427 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8429 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8430 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8432 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8433 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8437 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8438 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8439 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8441 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8443 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8446 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8450 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8452 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8453 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8454 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8455 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8457 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8458 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8459 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8465 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8469 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8470 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8472 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8473 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8477 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8478 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8479 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8481 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8483 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8486 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8490 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8491 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8492 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8494 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8495 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8496 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8497 int syscall_number = 0;
8498 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8499 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8501 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8502 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8505 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8507 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8508 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8513 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8515 if (syscall_number == iter)
8524 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8527 static enum print_stop_action
8528 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8531 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8532 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8533 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8534 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8535 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8537 struct target_waitstatus last;
8540 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8542 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8544 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8546 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8547 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8553 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8554 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8555 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8556 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8558 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8560 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8561 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8563 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8565 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8566 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8570 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8572 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8575 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8579 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8580 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8582 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8583 struct value_print_options opts;
8584 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8586 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8587 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8588 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8590 if (opts.addressprint)
8591 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8594 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8595 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8596 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8598 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8600 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8603 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8606 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8611 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8614 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8616 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8618 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8619 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8623 /* Remove the last comma. */
8624 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8628 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8629 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8631 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8632 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8635 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8639 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8641 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8643 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8647 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8648 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8650 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8653 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8657 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8660 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8662 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8664 printf_filtered (")");
8667 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8671 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8675 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8677 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8681 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8686 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8691 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8698 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8703 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8705 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8708 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8710 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8713 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8714 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8715 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8716 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8719 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8720 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8722 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8724 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8727 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8729 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8731 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8732 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8736 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8738 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8739 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8740 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8741 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8744 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8747 update_global_location_list (1);
8751 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8752 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8753 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8755 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8757 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8759 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8761 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8764 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8766 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8767 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8768 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8769 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8770 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8772 struct exec_catchpoint
8774 /* The base class. */
8775 struct breakpoint base;
8777 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8778 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8780 char *exec_pathname;
8783 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8787 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8789 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8791 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8793 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8797 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8799 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8803 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8805 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8809 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8810 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8811 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8813 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8815 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8818 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8822 static enum print_stop_action
8823 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8825 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8826 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8827 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8829 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8830 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8831 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8833 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8834 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8837 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8841 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8842 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8843 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8845 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8849 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8851 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8852 struct value_print_options opts;
8853 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8855 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8857 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8858 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8859 is relatively readable). */
8860 if (opts.addressprint)
8861 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8863 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8864 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8866 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8868 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8872 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8876 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8878 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8881 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8885 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8888 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8891 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8894 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8895 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8897 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8898 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8900 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8901 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8902 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8904 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8908 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8911 struct breakpoint *b;
8912 struct bp_location *bl;
8916 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8917 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8919 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8921 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8928 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8932 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8935 struct bp_location *bl;
8937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8940 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8942 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8944 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8950 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8951 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8952 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8953 types _not_ TYPE. */
8956 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8957 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8960 struct breakpoint *b;
8962 *other_type_used = 0;
8967 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8970 if (b->type == type)
8971 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8972 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8973 *other_type_used = 1;
8980 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8982 struct breakpoint *b;
8986 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8988 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8989 update_global_location_list (0);
8995 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8997 struct breakpoint *b;
9001 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9003 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9004 update_global_location_list (1);
9010 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9012 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9013 update_global_location_list (0);
9017 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9019 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9020 breakpoint_re_set ();
9024 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9025 at address specified by SAL.
9026 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9029 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9030 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9032 struct breakpoint *b;
9034 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9036 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9038 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9039 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9040 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9041 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9043 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9044 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9046 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9047 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9049 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
9054 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9055 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9056 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9058 static struct breakpoint *
9059 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9061 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9064 struct breakpoint *copy;
9066 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9067 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9068 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9070 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9071 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9072 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9073 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9074 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9075 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9076 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9077 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9078 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9079 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9080 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9081 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9083 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9084 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9085 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9087 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9091 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9095 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9097 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9101 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9105 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9108 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9110 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9112 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9113 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9115 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9119 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9122 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9124 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9125 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9127 printf_filtered ("\n");
9131 static struct bp_location *
9132 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9133 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9135 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9136 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9137 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9139 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9140 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9142 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9143 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9144 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9145 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9146 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9147 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9148 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9151 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9152 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9153 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9154 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9159 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9160 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9161 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9162 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9163 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9164 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9165 loc->section = sal->section;
9166 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9167 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9168 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9170 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9171 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9176 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9177 return 0 otherwise. */
9180 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9184 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9185 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9186 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9189 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9191 addr = loc->address;
9192 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9194 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9198 target_mem = alloca (len);
9200 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9201 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9202 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9203 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9205 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9206 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9208 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9209 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9212 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9217 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9218 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9221 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9223 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9224 char *printf_line = NULL;
9229 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9231 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9233 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9235 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9237 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9238 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9240 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9241 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9242 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9244 if (!dprintf_function)
9245 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9247 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9248 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9253 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9257 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9259 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9260 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9263 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9264 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9268 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9269 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9271 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9272 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9274 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9275 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9277 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9278 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9279 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9280 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9281 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9282 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9284 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9288 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9289 current style settings. */
9292 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9293 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9295 struct breakpoint *b;
9299 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9300 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9304 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9305 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9306 as condition expression. */
9309 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9310 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9311 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9313 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9314 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9315 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9316 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9317 int display_canonical)
9321 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9323 int target_resources_ok;
9325 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9326 target_resources_ok =
9327 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9329 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9330 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9331 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9332 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9335 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9337 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9339 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9340 struct bp_location *loc;
9344 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9346 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9348 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9349 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9354 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9358 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9359 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9360 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9361 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9362 b->disposition = disposition;
9364 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9365 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9367 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9369 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9370 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9372 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9374 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9375 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9376 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9380 p = skip_spaces (p);
9382 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9384 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9385 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9387 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9389 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9391 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9393 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9394 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9396 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9398 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9401 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9402 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9409 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9410 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9414 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9415 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9419 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9421 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9422 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9424 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9427 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9428 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9429 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9431 if (b->extra_string)
9432 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9434 error (_("Format string required"));
9436 else if (b->extra_string)
9437 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9440 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9442 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9444 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9447 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9452 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9453 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9454 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9456 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9457 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9458 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9459 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9460 int display_canonical)
9462 struct breakpoint *b;
9463 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9465 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9467 struct tracepoint *t;
9469 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9473 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9475 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9477 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9479 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9481 thread, task, ignore_count,
9483 enabled, internal, flags,
9485 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9487 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9490 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9491 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9492 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9493 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9494 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9495 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9496 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9497 we take just a single condition string.
9499 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9500 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9501 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9502 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9503 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9506 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9507 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9508 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9509 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9510 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9511 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9512 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9515 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9517 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9518 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9520 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9522 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9523 'break', without arguments. */
9524 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9525 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9527 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9528 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9530 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9531 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9534 cond_string, extra_string,
9536 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9537 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9538 canonical->special_display);
9539 discard_cleanups (inner);
9543 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9544 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9545 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9546 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9548 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9549 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9552 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9553 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9555 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9557 if ((*address) == NULL
9558 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9560 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9562 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9564 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9565 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9568 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9569 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9570 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9572 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9573 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9574 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9575 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9576 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9577 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9579 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9581 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9582 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9583 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9584 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9585 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9587 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9589 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9590 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9591 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9593 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9596 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9600 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9602 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9603 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9604 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9605 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9607 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9608 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9609 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9611 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9612 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9613 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9614 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9615 get_last_displayed_line (),
9616 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9618 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9619 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9624 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9625 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9628 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9632 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9633 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9636 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9637 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9638 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9639 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9640 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9644 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9645 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9648 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9652 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9654 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9656 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9658 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9659 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9660 associated with SAL. */
9663 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9665 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9668 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9669 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9671 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9675 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9677 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9678 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9680 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9683 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9684 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9685 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9686 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9687 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9688 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9691 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9692 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9695 *cond_string = NULL;
9702 const char *end_tok;
9704 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9705 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9707 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9709 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9711 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9715 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9717 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9719 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9721 struct expression *expr;
9723 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9724 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9727 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9729 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9734 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9736 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9737 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9738 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9741 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9746 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9748 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9749 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9750 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9755 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9759 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9763 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9765 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9766 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9768 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9769 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9770 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9771 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9776 p = skip_spaces (p);
9778 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9780 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9781 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9783 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9784 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9785 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9787 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9788 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9790 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9792 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9794 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9796 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9798 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9799 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9801 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9804 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9810 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9811 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9812 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9813 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9814 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9815 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9816 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9817 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9818 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9819 was created; false otherwise. */
9822 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9823 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9824 int thread, char *extra_string,
9826 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9828 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9829 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9830 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9833 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9834 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9835 char *addr_start = arg;
9836 struct linespec_result canonical;
9837 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9838 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9841 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9843 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9845 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9847 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9849 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9850 addr_start, ©_arg);
9853 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9857 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9863 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9865 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9868 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9869 throw_exception (e);
9871 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9873 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9874 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9875 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9876 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9877 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9880 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9881 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9882 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9883 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9885 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9887 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9888 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9889 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9890 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9891 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9893 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9897 throw_exception (e);
9901 throw_exception (e);
9904 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9905 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9907 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9908 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9909 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9910 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9911 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9913 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9914 are ok for the target. */
9918 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9920 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9921 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9924 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9925 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9928 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9930 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9931 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9934 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9935 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9942 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9944 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9946 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9947 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9948 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9949 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9951 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9952 &thread, &task, &rest);
9954 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9956 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9958 extra_string = rest;
9963 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9965 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9968 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9969 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9971 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9974 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9975 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9979 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9980 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9981 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9982 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9983 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9987 struct breakpoint *b;
9989 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9991 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9993 struct tracepoint *t;
9995 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9999 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10001 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10003 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10005 b->cond_string = NULL;
10008 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10011 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10012 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10014 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10016 b->extra_string = NULL;
10017 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10018 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10019 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10020 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10021 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10022 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10023 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10025 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10028 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10030 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10031 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10032 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10035 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10037 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10038 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10039 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10041 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10042 update_global_location_list (1);
10047 /* Set a breakpoint.
10048 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10049 condition, and thread.
10050 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10051 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10052 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10055 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10057 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10058 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10059 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10061 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10062 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10064 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10065 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10066 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10068 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10070 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10072 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10073 tempflag, type_wanted,
10074 0 /* Ignore count */,
10075 pending_break_support,
10083 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10086 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10090 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10092 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10093 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10094 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10097 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10098 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10099 if (sal->explicit_line)
10100 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10103 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10105 const struct blockvector *bv;
10106 const struct block *b;
10107 struct symbol *sym;
10109 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10112 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10115 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10116 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10120 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10121 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10122 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10123 happen in assembly source). */
10125 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10126 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10128 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10130 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10132 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10134 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10141 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10143 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10147 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10149 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10153 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10155 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10159 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10161 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10165 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10167 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10168 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10169 stop at <line>\n"));
10173 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10177 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10179 else if (*arg != '*')
10181 char *argptr = arg;
10184 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10185 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10186 function/method name. */
10187 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10189 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10194 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10196 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10200 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10202 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10206 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10210 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10214 char *argptr = arg;
10217 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10218 it is probably a line number. */
10219 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10221 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10226 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10228 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10232 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10234 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10237 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10238 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10239 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10243 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10245 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10247 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10249 0 /* Ignore count */,
10250 pending_break_support,
10251 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10259 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10261 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10264 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10265 ranged breakpoints. */
10268 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10269 struct address_space *aspace,
10271 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10273 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10274 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10277 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10278 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10281 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10282 ranged breakpoints. */
10285 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10287 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10290 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10291 ranged breakpoints. */
10293 static enum print_stop_action
10294 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10296 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10297 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10298 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10300 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10302 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10303 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10305 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10306 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10307 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10309 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10310 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10312 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10313 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10314 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10316 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10317 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10319 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10322 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10323 ranged breakpoints. */
10326 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10327 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10329 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10330 struct value_print_options opts;
10331 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10333 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10334 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10336 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10338 if (opts.addressprint)
10339 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10340 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10341 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10342 annotate_field (5);
10343 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10347 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10348 ranged breakpoints. */
10351 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10352 struct ui_out *uiout)
10354 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10355 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10356 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10357 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10361 address_start = bl->address;
10362 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10365 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10366 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10367 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10368 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10369 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10371 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10374 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10375 ranged breakpoints. */
10378 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10380 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10381 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10384 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10386 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10389 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10390 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10391 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10394 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10395 ranged breakpoints. */
10398 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10400 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10401 b->addr_string_range_end);
10402 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10405 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10407 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10409 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10410 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10411 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10412 last instruction of the given line. */
10415 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10419 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10420 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10421 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10428 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10430 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10432 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10439 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10442 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10444 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10445 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10446 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10448 struct breakpoint *b;
10449 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10450 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10451 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10453 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10454 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10455 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10457 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10458 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10459 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10461 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10462 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10464 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10465 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10466 error(_("No address range specified."));
10468 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10471 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10473 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10476 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10477 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10478 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10480 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10482 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10483 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10484 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10486 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10487 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10488 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10490 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10491 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10493 /* Parse the end location. */
10495 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10498 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10499 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10500 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10501 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10502 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10503 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10504 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10505 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10507 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10509 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10510 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10512 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10513 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10514 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10515 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10517 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10518 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10519 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10521 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10522 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10523 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10525 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10527 /* Length overflowed. */
10528 error (_("Address range too large."));
10529 else if (length == 1)
10531 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10532 the `hbreak' command. */
10533 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10535 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10540 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10541 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10542 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10543 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10544 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10545 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10546 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10547 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10548 b->loc->length = length;
10550 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10553 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10554 update_global_location_list (1);
10557 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10558 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10559 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10563 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10565 int i = exp->nelts;
10571 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10572 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10575 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10585 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10586 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10587 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10588 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10589 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10591 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10618 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10621 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10622 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10627 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10628 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10629 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10630 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10631 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10632 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10633 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10635 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10636 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10641 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10643 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10644 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10645 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10646 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10648 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10649 are always constant. */
10651 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10653 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10654 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10655 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10660 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10661 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10662 then it is not a constant. */
10671 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10674 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10676 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10678 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10680 xfree (w->exp_string);
10681 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10682 value_free (w->val);
10684 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10687 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10690 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10694 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10695 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10697 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10698 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10699 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10700 are loaded and unloaded.
10702 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10703 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10704 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10705 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10706 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10707 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10709 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10710 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10711 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10712 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10714 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10715 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10717 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10718 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10719 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10722 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10725 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10728 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10730 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10734 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10737 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10739 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10740 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10742 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10747 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10748 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10749 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10751 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10752 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10754 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10755 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10756 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10757 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10758 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10759 (did not match the data address). */
10760 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10761 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10768 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10770 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10772 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10775 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10776 hardware watchpoints. */
10779 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10781 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10782 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10784 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10787 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10788 hardware watchpoints. */
10791 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10793 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10794 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10797 static enum print_stop_action
10798 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10800 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10801 struct breakpoint *b;
10802 struct ui_file *stb;
10803 enum print_stop_action result;
10804 struct watchpoint *w;
10805 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10807 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10809 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10810 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10812 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10813 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10817 case bp_watchpoint:
10818 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10819 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10820 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10821 ui_out_field_string
10823 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10825 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10826 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10827 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10828 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10829 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10830 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10831 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10833 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10834 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10837 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10838 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10839 ui_out_field_string
10841 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10843 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10844 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10845 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10846 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10847 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10848 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10851 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10852 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10854 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10855 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10856 ui_out_field_string
10858 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10860 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10861 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10862 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10863 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10864 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10869 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10870 ui_out_field_string
10872 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10873 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10876 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10877 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10878 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10879 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10882 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10885 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10889 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10893 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10895 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10897 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10901 case bp_watchpoint:
10902 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10903 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10905 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10906 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10907 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10909 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10910 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10911 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10913 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10914 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10915 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10918 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10919 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10922 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10923 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10924 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10925 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10928 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10934 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10938 case bp_watchpoint:
10939 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10940 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10942 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10945 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10949 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10950 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10954 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10957 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10961 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10963 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10964 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10965 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10971 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10973 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10975 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10976 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10979 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10981 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10983 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10984 bl->watchpoint_type);
10987 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10988 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10991 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10993 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10995 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10996 bl->watchpoint_type);
10999 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11000 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11003 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11005 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11007 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11010 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11011 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11014 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11019 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11020 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11022 static enum print_stop_action
11023 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11025 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11026 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11028 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11029 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11034 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11035 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11036 ui_out_field_string
11038 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11041 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11042 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11043 ui_out_field_string
11045 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11048 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11050 ui_out_field_string
11052 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11055 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11056 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11060 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11061 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11062 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11063 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11065 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11066 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11069 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11070 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11073 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11074 struct ui_out *uiout)
11076 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11078 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11079 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11082 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11086 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11087 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11090 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11092 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11093 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11094 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11099 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11100 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11102 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11103 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11104 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11106 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11107 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11108 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11111 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11112 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11115 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11116 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11117 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11118 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11121 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11122 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11125 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11127 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11132 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11133 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11135 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11138 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11139 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11142 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11143 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11146 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11148 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11151 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11153 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11155 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11158 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11160 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11163 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11164 hw_read: watch read,
11165 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11167 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11168 int just_location, int internal)
11170 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11171 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11172 struct expression *exp;
11173 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11174 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11175 struct frame_info *frame;
11176 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11177 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11178 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11180 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11181 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11182 enum bptype bp_type;
11185 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11186 the hardware watchpoint. */
11188 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11189 struct watchpoint *w;
11191 struct cleanup *back_to;
11193 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11194 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11196 const char *value_start;
11198 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11200 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11201 of the arguments string. */
11202 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11204 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11205 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11208 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11209 This is the value of the parameter. */
11210 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11212 value_start = tok + 1;
11214 /* Skip whitespace. */
11215 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11220 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11221 This is the parameter itself. */
11222 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11225 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11227 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11229 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11230 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11231 only in a specific thread. */
11235 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11237 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11238 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11240 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11242 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11243 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11245 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11246 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11247 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11249 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11251 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11252 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11254 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11257 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11259 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11261 mark = value_mark ();
11262 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11263 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11264 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11267 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11270 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11271 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11278 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11279 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11281 innermost_block = NULL;
11282 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11283 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11284 exp_start = arg = expression;
11285 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11287 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11288 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11290 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11293 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11294 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11298 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11299 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11301 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11304 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11305 mark = value_mark ();
11306 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11312 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11313 val = value_addr (result);
11314 release_value (val);
11315 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11319 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11322 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11323 else if (ret == -2)
11324 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11327 else if (val != NULL)
11328 release_value (val);
11330 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11331 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11333 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11334 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11336 struct expression *cond;
11338 innermost_block = NULL;
11339 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11340 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11342 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11343 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11344 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11350 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11352 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11354 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11355 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11356 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11357 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11358 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11360 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11363 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11364 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11365 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11366 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11368 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11370 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11371 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11373 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11374 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11376 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11377 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11378 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11379 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11380 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11381 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11382 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11383 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11384 scope_breakpoint->type);
11388 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11389 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11390 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11391 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11393 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11394 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11395 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11396 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11398 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11400 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11403 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11404 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11406 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11407 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11408 b->thread = thread;
11409 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11410 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11412 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11413 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11416 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11417 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11420 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11421 name = type_to_string (t);
11423 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11424 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11427 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11428 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11430 /* The above expression is in C. */
11431 b->language = language_c;
11434 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11438 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11447 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11449 b->cond_string = 0;
11453 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11454 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11458 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11459 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11462 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11464 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11465 need to act on them together. */
11466 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11467 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11470 if (!just_location)
11471 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11473 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11475 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11476 that should be inserted. */
11477 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11481 delete_breakpoint (b);
11482 throw_exception (e);
11485 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11486 do_cleanups (back_to);
11489 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11490 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11493 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11495 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11496 struct value *head = v;
11498 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11499 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11502 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11503 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11504 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11505 hardware watchpoint.
11507 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11508 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11509 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11510 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11511 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11512 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11513 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11514 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11515 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11517 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11518 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11519 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11520 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11521 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11523 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11525 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11526 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11527 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11528 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11529 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11530 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11534 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11535 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11536 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11538 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11539 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11540 middle of some value chain. */
11542 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11543 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11545 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11549 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11550 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11551 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11553 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11557 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11561 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11562 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11563 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11564 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11565 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11568 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11569 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11570 return found_memory_cnt;
11574 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11576 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11579 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11580 calls watch_command_1. */
11583 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11585 int just_location = 0;
11588 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11589 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11591 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11595 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11599 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11601 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11605 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11607 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11611 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11613 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11617 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11619 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11623 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11625 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11629 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11630 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11632 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11634 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11635 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11639 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11640 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11641 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11644 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11646 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11648 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11649 if (a->breakpoint2)
11650 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11651 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11655 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11657 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11658 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11659 struct frame_info *frame;
11660 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11661 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11662 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11663 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11664 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11665 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11667 struct thread_info *tp;
11669 clear_proceed_status (0);
11671 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11674 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11675 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11676 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11677 get_last_displayed_line ());
11679 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11680 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11682 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11683 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11685 sal = sals.sals[0];
11686 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11689 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11691 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11693 tp = inferior_thread ();
11696 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11698 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11699 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11700 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11703 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11704 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11705 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11706 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11708 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11711 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11713 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11715 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11716 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11717 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11721 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11723 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11724 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11727 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11731 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11732 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11733 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11734 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11736 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11737 only at the very same frame. */
11738 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11739 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11740 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11742 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11744 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11745 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11746 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11747 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11749 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11751 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11752 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11754 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11755 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11756 args->thread_num = thread;
11758 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11759 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11760 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11764 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11767 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11768 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11770 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11771 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11772 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11773 if clause in the arg string. */
11776 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11780 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11783 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11786 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11787 condition string. */
11788 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11789 cond_string = *arg;
11791 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11793 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11795 return cond_string;
11798 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11799 process start/exit, etc. */
11803 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11804 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11809 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11810 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11812 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11813 char *cond_string = NULL;
11814 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11817 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11818 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11819 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11823 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11825 /* The allowed syntax is:
11827 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11829 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11830 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11832 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11833 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11835 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11836 and enable reporting of such events. */
11839 case catch_fork_temporary:
11840 case catch_fork_permanent:
11841 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11842 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11844 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11845 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11846 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11847 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11850 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11856 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11857 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11859 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11860 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11862 char *cond_string = NULL;
11864 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11868 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11870 /* The allowed syntax is:
11872 catch exec if <cond>
11874 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11875 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11877 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11878 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11880 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11881 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11882 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11883 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11885 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11889 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11890 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11891 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11893 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11900 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11902 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11904 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11905 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11906 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11907 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11908 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11909 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11910 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11911 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11912 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11913 enough for now, though. */
11916 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11918 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11919 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11920 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11921 b->language = language_ada;
11924 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11925 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11927 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11929 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11930 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11932 while (*arg != '\0')
11934 int i, syscall_number;
11936 char cur_name[128];
11939 /* Skip whitespace. */
11940 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11942 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11943 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11944 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11947 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11948 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11949 if (*endptr == '\0')
11950 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11953 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11955 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11957 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11958 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11959 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11960 syscall number to be caught. */
11961 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11964 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11965 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11968 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11972 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11975 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11976 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11981 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11983 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11984 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11985 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11986 this architecture yet."));
11988 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11990 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11992 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11993 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11994 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11995 for his/her architecture. */
11996 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11998 /* The allowed syntax is:
12000 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12002 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12005 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12009 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12010 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12014 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12016 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12021 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12023 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12026 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12029 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12031 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12032 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12033 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12034 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12036 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12038 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12041 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12045 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12048 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12051 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12053 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12054 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12057 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12058 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12060 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12064 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12065 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12066 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12067 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12072 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12073 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12074 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12075 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12077 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12078 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12079 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12080 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12081 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12082 error (_("No source file specified."));
12084 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12090 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12091 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12092 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12093 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12095 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12096 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12097 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12098 due to optimization, all in one block.
12100 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12101 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12102 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12103 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12104 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12105 to support that. */
12107 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12108 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12109 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12113 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12114 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12116 const char *sal_fullname;
12118 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12119 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12120 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12123 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12128 1 0 <can't happen> */
12130 sal = sals.sals[i];
12131 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12132 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12134 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12138 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12139 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12141 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12142 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12144 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12145 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12146 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12148 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12149 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12150 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12151 || loc->section == sal.section));
12152 int line_match = 0;
12154 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12155 && loc->symtab != NULL
12156 && sal_fullname != NULL
12157 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12158 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12159 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12160 sal_fullname) == 0)
12163 if (pc_match || line_match)
12172 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12176 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12177 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12180 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12182 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12185 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12186 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12187 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12188 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12189 compare_breakpoints);
12190 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12191 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12195 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12200 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12201 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12204 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12205 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12207 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12210 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12213 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12214 delete_breakpoint (b);
12217 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12219 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12222 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12223 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12224 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12227 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12231 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12232 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12233 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12235 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12239 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12240 delete_breakpoint (b);
12244 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12245 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12246 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12247 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12248 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12249 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12252 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12254 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12255 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12256 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12257 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12258 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12260 if (a->address != b->address)
12261 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12263 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12264 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12267 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12268 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12269 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12271 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12272 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12273 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12275 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12276 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12277 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12279 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12280 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12281 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12283 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12286 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12287 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12288 content of the bp_location array. */
12291 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12293 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12295 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12296 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12298 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12300 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12302 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12305 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12306 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12308 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12309 addr = bl->address - start;
12310 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12311 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12313 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12315 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12316 addr = end - bl->address;
12317 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12318 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12322 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12325 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12327 struct breakpoint *b;
12328 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12330 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12333 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12337 struct bp_location *bl;
12338 struct tracepoint *t;
12339 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12341 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12342 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12343 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12346 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12348 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12349 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12350 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12351 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12354 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12356 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12359 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12361 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12362 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12363 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12364 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12367 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12370 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12373 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12375 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12376 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12377 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12378 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12380 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12381 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12382 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12383 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12384 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12386 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12387 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12388 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12389 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12390 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12391 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12392 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12393 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12396 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12397 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12398 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12402 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12404 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12405 struct bp_location *loc;
12406 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12409 address = bl->address;
12410 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12412 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12413 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12414 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12416 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12417 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12420 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12421 the same program space as the location
12422 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12423 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12424 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12428 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12429 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12432 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12433 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12434 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12435 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12436 that have already been marked. */
12437 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12439 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12441 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12443 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12444 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12449 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12450 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12451 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12452 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12453 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12454 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12455 returns true on them.
12457 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12458 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12459 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12460 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12461 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12462 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12465 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12467 struct breakpoint *b;
12468 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12469 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12470 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12471 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12472 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12473 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12475 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12476 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12477 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12478 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12479 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12481 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12482 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12483 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12484 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12486 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12487 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12488 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12489 unsigned old_location_count;
12491 old_location = bp_location;
12492 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12493 bp_location = NULL;
12494 bp_location_count = 0;
12495 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12498 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12499 bp_location_count++;
12501 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12502 locp = bp_location;
12503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12504 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12506 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12507 bp_location_compare);
12509 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12511 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12512 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12513 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12514 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12515 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12518 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12519 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12521 locp = bp_location;
12522 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12525 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12526 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12528 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12529 not, we have to free it. */
12530 int found_object = 0;
12531 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12532 int keep_in_target = 0;
12535 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12536 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12537 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12538 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12542 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12543 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12546 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12547 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12548 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12550 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12551 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12552 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12554 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12555 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12558 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12562 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12563 have to go through updates again. */
12564 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12566 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12568 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12570 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12571 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12572 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12573 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12574 at certain location is not inserted. */
12576 if (old_loc->inserted)
12578 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12581 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12583 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12584 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12585 keep_in_target = 1;
12589 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12590 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12591 remove its target-side condition. */
12593 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12594 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12595 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12596 this one from the target. */
12598 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12599 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12602 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12603 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12606 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12608 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12610 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12611 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12612 supported, but the latter are. */
12613 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12615 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12616 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12619 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12620 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12622 if (loc2 != old_loc
12623 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12625 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12626 keep_in_target = 1;
12634 if (!keep_in_target)
12636 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12638 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12639 this location on the global list, and try to
12640 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12641 reason why we will succeed next time.
12643 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12644 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12645 only after calling us. */
12646 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12647 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12648 old_loc->owner->number);
12656 if (removed && non_stop
12657 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12658 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12660 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12661 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12662 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12663 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12664 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12665 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12666 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12667 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12668 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12669 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12670 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12671 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12672 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12673 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12676 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12677 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12679 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12680 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12681 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12682 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12683 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12684 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12685 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12686 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12687 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12688 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12689 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12690 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12691 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12694 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12695 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12696 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12697 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12699 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12700 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12701 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12702 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12703 traps we can no longer explain. */
12705 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12706 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12708 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12712 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12713 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12718 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12719 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12720 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12721 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12722 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12723 are sorted first for the same address.
12725 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12726 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12728 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12729 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12730 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12731 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12734 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12736 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12739 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12740 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12741 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12742 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12743 `struct bp_location'. */
12744 || is_tracepoint (b))
12746 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12747 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12751 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12752 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12753 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12754 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12755 "actually inserted"));
12757 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12758 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12759 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12760 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12761 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12762 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12764 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12766 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12767 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12768 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12770 *loc_first_p = loc;
12771 loc->duplicate = 0;
12773 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12775 loc->needs_update = 1;
12776 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12777 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12783 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12784 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12785 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12787 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12788 loc->duplicate = 1;
12790 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12791 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12793 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12794 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12796 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12797 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12800 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12801 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12802 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12805 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12808 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12809 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12810 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12812 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12817 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12819 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12823 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12825 struct bp_location *loc;
12828 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12829 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12831 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12832 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12838 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12840 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12842 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12843 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12846 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12849 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12853 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12854 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12856 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12857 bs->old_val = NULL;
12858 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12862 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12864 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12866 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12868 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12872 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12876 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12878 struct value_print_options opts;
12880 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12882 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12884 if (b->loc == NULL)
12886 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12890 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12892 printf_filtered (" at ");
12893 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12896 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12898 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12900 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12901 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12902 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12903 b->loc->line_number);
12905 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12906 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12907 real situation somewhat. */
12908 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12913 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12915 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12917 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12922 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12925 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12927 xfree (self->cond);
12928 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12929 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12930 xfree (self->function_name);
12932 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12933 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12936 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12941 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12945 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12947 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12948 xfree (self->cond_string);
12949 xfree (self->extra_string);
12950 xfree (self->addr_string);
12951 xfree (self->filter);
12952 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12955 static struct bp_location *
12956 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12958 struct bp_location *loc;
12960 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12961 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12966 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12968 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12971 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12972 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12975 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12977 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12981 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12983 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12987 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12988 struct address_space *aspace,
12990 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12992 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12996 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13001 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13005 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13007 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13010 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13014 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13016 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13019 static enum print_stop_action
13020 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13022 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13026 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13027 struct ui_out *uiout)
13033 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13035 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13039 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13041 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13045 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13046 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13047 enum bptype type_wanted,
13051 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13055 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13056 struct linespec_result *c,
13058 char *extra_string,
13059 enum bptype type_wanted,
13060 enum bpdisp disposition,
13062 int task, int ignore_count,
13063 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13064 int from_tty, int enabled,
13065 int internal, unsigned flags)
13067 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13071 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13072 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13074 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13077 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13080 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13085 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13088 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13090 /* Nothing to do. */
13093 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13095 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13096 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13097 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13098 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13099 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13100 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13101 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13102 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13103 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13104 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13106 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13107 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13108 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13109 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13110 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13111 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13112 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13113 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13116 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13119 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13121 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13122 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13124 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13125 delete_breakpoint (b);
13129 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13132 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13133 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13137 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13138 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13140 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13141 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13142 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13146 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13148 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13149 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13153 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13157 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13158 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13159 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13160 bp_tgt->placed_address);
13163 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13165 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13169 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13174 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13176 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13177 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13180 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13181 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13182 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
13184 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13185 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13186 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13187 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13190 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13195 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13196 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13197 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13199 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13200 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13203 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13207 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13208 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13209 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13216 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13217 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13218 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13220 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13221 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13223 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13224 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13225 be set at the same address. */
13229 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13233 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13235 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13240 static enum print_stop_action
13241 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13243 struct breakpoint *b;
13244 const struct bp_location *bl;
13246 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13248 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13250 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13251 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13253 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13254 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13255 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13258 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13263 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13265 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13266 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13267 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13269 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13270 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13272 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13276 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13283 case bp_breakpoint:
13284 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13285 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13286 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13288 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13289 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13290 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13291 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13293 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13294 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13297 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13305 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13307 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13309 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13311 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13312 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13314 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13317 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13318 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13320 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13321 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13325 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13326 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13327 enum bptype type_wanted,
13328 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13330 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13331 addr_start, copy_arg);
13335 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13336 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13338 char *extra_string,
13339 enum bptype type_wanted,
13340 enum bpdisp disposition,
13342 int task, int ignore_count,
13343 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13344 int from_tty, int enabled,
13345 int internal, unsigned flags)
13347 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13348 cond_string, extra_string,
13350 disposition, thread, task,
13351 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13352 enabled, internal, flags);
13356 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13357 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13359 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13362 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13365 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13369 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13370 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13371 case bp_overlay_event:
13372 case bp_longjmp_master:
13373 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13374 case bp_exception_master:
13375 delete_breakpoint (b);
13378 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13379 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13380 case bp_shlib_event:
13382 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13383 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13384 case bp_thread_event:
13390 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13392 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13394 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13395 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13396 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13397 objects (among other things). */
13398 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13399 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13405 static enum print_stop_action
13406 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13408 struct breakpoint *b;
13410 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13414 case bp_shlib_event:
13415 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13416 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13417 to shlib event" message.) */
13418 print_solib_event (0);
13421 case bp_thread_event:
13422 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13423 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13424 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13427 case bp_overlay_event:
13428 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13429 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13432 case bp_longjmp_master:
13433 /* These should never be enabled. */
13434 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13437 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13438 /* These should never be enabled. */
13439 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13440 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13443 case bp_exception_master:
13444 /* These should never be enabled. */
13445 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13446 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13450 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13454 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13456 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13459 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13462 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13464 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13465 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13466 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13467 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13471 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13473 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13476 static enum print_stop_action
13477 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13479 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13481 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13483 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13488 ui_out_field_string
13490 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13494 ui_out_field_string
13496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13501 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13505 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13507 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13510 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13512 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13513 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13516 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13518 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13521 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13523 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13526 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13529 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13531 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13535 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13537 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13546 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13548 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13549 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13553 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13557 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13558 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted,
13560 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13562 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13564 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13566 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13567 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13569 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13573 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13574 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13576 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13578 error (_("probe not found"));
13581 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13584 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13586 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13590 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13591 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13592 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13594 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13600 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13601 struct ui_out *uiout)
13603 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13604 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13606 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13608 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13609 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13610 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13611 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13616 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13618 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13623 case bp_tracepoint:
13624 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13625 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13627 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13628 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13629 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13631 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13632 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13633 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13636 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13637 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13644 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13646 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13648 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13649 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13650 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13651 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13652 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13653 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13655 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13656 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13659 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13661 if (tp->pass_count)
13662 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13666 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13667 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13668 enum bptype type_wanted,
13669 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13671 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13672 addr_start, copy_arg);
13676 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13677 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13679 char *extra_string,
13680 enum bptype type_wanted,
13681 enum bpdisp disposition,
13683 int task, int ignore_count,
13684 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13685 int from_tty, int enabled,
13686 int internal, unsigned flags)
13688 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13689 cond_string, extra_string,
13691 disposition, thread, task,
13692 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13693 enabled, internal, flags);
13697 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13698 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13700 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13703 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13705 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13709 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13710 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13711 enum bptype type_wanted,
13712 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13714 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13715 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13716 addr_start, copy_arg);
13720 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13721 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13723 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13724 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13727 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13729 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13732 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13734 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13736 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13737 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13738 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13739 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13741 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13742 error (_("Format string required"));
13744 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13745 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13746 3 - disconnect from target 1
13747 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13749 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13750 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13751 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13752 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13753 it all the time. */
13754 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13755 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13758 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13761 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13765 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13768 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13771 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13772 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13773 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13774 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13775 address are all handled. */
13778 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13780 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13781 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13782 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13784 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13785 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13786 condition not be evaluated. */
13789 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13790 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13791 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13792 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13793 commands here throws. */
13794 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13795 bs->commands = NULL;
13796 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13798 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13800 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13801 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13803 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13806 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13810 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13811 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13812 enum bptype type_wanted,
13813 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13815 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13817 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13819 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13821 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13822 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13823 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13827 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13828 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13830 char *extra_string,
13831 enum bptype type_wanted,
13832 enum bpdisp disposition,
13834 int task, int ignore_count,
13835 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13836 int from_tty, int enabled,
13837 int internal, unsigned flags)
13840 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13841 canonical->sals, 0);
13843 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13844 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13845 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13846 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13847 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13848 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13850 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13852 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13853 struct tracepoint *tp;
13854 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13857 expanded.nelts = 1;
13858 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13860 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13861 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13863 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13864 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13866 cond_string, extra_string,
13867 type_wanted, disposition,
13868 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13869 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13870 canonical->special_display);
13871 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13872 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13873 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13874 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13875 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13876 corresponds to this one */
13877 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13879 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13881 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13886 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13887 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13889 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13891 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13892 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13894 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13898 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13901 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13904 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13906 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13909 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13913 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13915 struct breakpoint *b;
13917 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13919 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13920 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13923 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13924 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13925 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13926 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13927 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13930 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13931 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13932 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13933 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13935 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13938 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13939 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13940 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13942 struct breakpoint *related;
13943 struct watchpoint *w;
13945 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13946 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13947 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13948 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13952 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13954 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13955 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13956 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13957 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13958 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13961 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13962 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13963 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13964 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13966 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13968 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13969 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13972 if (b->next == bpt)
13974 b->next = bpt->next;
13978 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13980 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13981 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13982 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13983 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13984 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13985 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13986 commands won't work. */
13988 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13990 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13991 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13992 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13993 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13994 might be better design to have location completely
13995 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13996 update_global_location_list (0);
13998 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13999 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14000 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14001 bpt->type = bp_none;
14006 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14008 delete_breakpoint (b);
14012 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14014 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14017 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14018 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14021 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14022 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14026 struct breakpoint *related;
14031 struct breakpoint *next;
14033 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14034 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14036 if (next == related)
14038 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14039 function (related, data);
14041 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14042 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14047 function (related, data);
14051 while (related != b);
14055 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14057 delete_breakpoint (b);
14060 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14061 delete_breakpoint. */
14064 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14066 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14070 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14072 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14078 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14080 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14081 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14082 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14084 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14086 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14090 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14092 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14095 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14096 delete_breakpoint (b);
14100 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14104 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14106 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14107 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14108 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14113 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14114 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14115 Null names are ignored. */
14118 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14120 struct bp_location *l;
14121 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14122 (int (*) (const void *,
14123 const void *)) streq,
14124 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14126 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14129 const char *name = l->function_name;
14131 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14135 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14137 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14141 htab_delete (htab);
14147 htab_delete (htab);
14151 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14152 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14153 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14154 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14155 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14156 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14157 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14158 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14161 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14162 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14163 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14164 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14165 in the sources, and output a warning.
14167 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14168 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14169 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14170 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14171 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14174 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14175 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14176 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14177 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14178 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14179 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14180 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14181 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14182 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14184 static struct symtab_and_line
14185 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14187 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14188 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14193 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14195 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14197 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14198 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14200 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14202 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14203 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14204 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14209 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14211 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14213 && sal.symtab != NULL
14214 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14216 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14219 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14221 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14223 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14224 struct symbol *sym;
14225 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14226 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14228 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14230 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14231 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14233 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14234 "found at previous line number"),
14235 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14239 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14241 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14242 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14243 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14247 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14248 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14251 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14252 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14254 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14256 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14261 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14264 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14265 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14267 xfree (b->addr_string);
14268 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14269 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14270 b->loc->line_number);
14272 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14275 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14281 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14282 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14285 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14289 if (a->address != b->address)
14292 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14295 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14302 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14308 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14309 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14310 a ranged breakpoint. */
14313 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14314 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14315 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14318 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14320 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14322 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14324 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14325 update_global_location_list (1);
14326 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14327 "multiple locations found\n"),
14332 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14333 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14334 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14335 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14336 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14337 individual locations. */
14338 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14343 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14345 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14347 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14349 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14351 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14353 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14356 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14358 s = b->cond_string;
14359 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14361 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14362 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14367 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14368 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14369 b->number, e.message);
14370 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14374 if (sals_end.nelts)
14376 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14378 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14382 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14383 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14384 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14386 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14389 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14390 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14391 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14392 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14393 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14394 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14395 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14397 for (; e; e = e->next)
14399 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14401 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14402 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14404 for (; l; l = l->next)
14405 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14413 for (; l; l = l->next)
14414 if (l->function_name
14415 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14425 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14426 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14428 update_global_location_list (1);
14431 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14432 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14434 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14435 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14438 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14439 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14441 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14444 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14446 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14450 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14451 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14452 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14453 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14454 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14455 state, then user already saw the message about that
14456 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14458 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14459 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14460 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14461 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14462 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14463 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14465 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14467 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14468 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14469 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14470 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14471 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14472 which approach is better. */
14473 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14474 throw_exception (e);
14478 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14482 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14483 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14484 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14486 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14489 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14490 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14493 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14494 b->thread = thread;
14497 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14498 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14501 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14502 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14512 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14513 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14517 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14520 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14521 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14522 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14524 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14527 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14531 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14533 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14536 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14537 expanded_end = sals_end;
14541 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14544 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14545 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14548 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14549 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14550 enum bptype type_wanted,
14551 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14553 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14556 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14557 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14561 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14562 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14564 char *extra_string,
14565 enum bptype type_wanted,
14566 enum bpdisp disposition,
14568 int task, int ignore_count,
14569 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14570 int from_tty, int enabled,
14571 int internal, unsigned flags)
14573 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14575 type_wanted, disposition,
14576 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14577 enabled, internal, flags);
14580 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14581 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14584 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14585 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14587 struct linespec_result canonical;
14589 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14590 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14591 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14592 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14595 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14596 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14598 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14600 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14602 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14603 *sals = lsal->sals;
14604 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14606 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14609 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14612 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14614 static struct cleanup *
14615 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14617 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14619 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14620 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14621 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14622 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14623 set_language (b->language);
14628 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14629 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14630 Unused in this case. */
14633 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14635 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14636 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14637 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14639 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14640 b->ops->re_set (b);
14641 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14645 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14647 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14649 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14650 enum language save_language;
14651 int save_input_radix;
14652 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14654 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14655 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14656 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14660 /* Format possible error msg. */
14661 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14663 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14664 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14665 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14667 set_language (save_language);
14668 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14670 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14672 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14674 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14675 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14676 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14677 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14680 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14682 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14683 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14685 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14687 if (b->thread != -1)
14689 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14690 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14692 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14693 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14694 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14696 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14700 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14701 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14702 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14705 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14707 struct breakpoint *b;
14712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14713 if (b->number == bptnum)
14715 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14717 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14718 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14723 b->ignore_count = count;
14727 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14728 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14730 else if (count == 1)
14731 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14734 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14735 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14738 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14742 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14745 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14748 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14754 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14756 num = get_number (&p);
14758 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14760 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14762 set_ignore_count (num,
14763 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14766 printf_filtered ("\n");
14769 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14770 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14773 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14778 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14780 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14783 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14785 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14787 while (!state.finished)
14789 const char *p = state.string;
14793 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14796 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14801 if (b->number == num)
14804 function (b, data);
14808 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14813 static struct bp_location *
14814 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14816 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14820 struct breakpoint *b;
14821 struct bp_location *loc;
14826 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14828 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14831 if (b->number == bp_num)
14836 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14837 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14840 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14842 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14846 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14849 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14855 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14856 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14857 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14860 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14862 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14863 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14864 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14865 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14868 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14869 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14872 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14874 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14875 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14877 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14878 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14880 struct bp_location *location;
14882 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14883 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14886 update_global_location_list (0);
14888 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14891 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14894 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14896 disable_breakpoint (b);
14899 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14900 disable_breakpoint. */
14903 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14905 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14909 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14913 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14916 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14917 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14921 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14925 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14927 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14934 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14936 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14937 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14938 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14939 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14941 update_global_location_list (0);
14944 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14945 num = extract_arg (&args);
14951 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14954 int target_resources_ok;
14956 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14959 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14960 target_resources_ok =
14961 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14963 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14964 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14965 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14966 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14969 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14971 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14972 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14973 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14975 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14977 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14979 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14980 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14981 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14985 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14986 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14992 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14993 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14995 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14997 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14998 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15000 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15001 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15003 struct bp_location *location;
15005 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15006 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15009 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15010 bpt->enable_count = count;
15011 update_global_location_list (1);
15013 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15018 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15020 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15024 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15026 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15029 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15030 enable_breakpoint. */
15033 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15035 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15038 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15039 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15040 in stopping the inferior. */
15043 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15047 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15050 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15051 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15055 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15059 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15061 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15068 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15070 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15071 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15072 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15073 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15075 update_global_location_list (1);
15078 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15079 num = extract_arg (&args);
15084 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15094 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15096 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15098 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15102 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15104 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15106 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15110 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15112 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15116 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15118 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15120 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15124 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15126 int count = get_number (&args);
15128 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15132 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15134 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15136 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15140 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15142 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15146 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15151 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15155 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15156 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15160 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15161 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15162 const bfd_byte *data)
15164 struct breakpoint *bp;
15166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15167 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15168 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15170 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15172 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15174 struct bp_location *loc;
15176 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15177 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15178 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15179 && addr + len > loc->address)
15181 value_free (wp->val);
15189 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15190 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15191 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15192 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15196 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15197 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15199 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15200 struct bp_location *bl;
15202 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15204 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15205 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15207 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15208 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15209 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15210 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15211 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15212 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15213 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15215 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15217 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15218 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15220 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15224 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15226 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15234 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15235 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15238 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15240 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15241 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15242 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
15243 struct bp_location *bl;
15246 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15248 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15249 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15250 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15252 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15253 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15254 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15256 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15257 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15258 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15259 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15260 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15270 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15273 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15274 struct address_space *aspace,
15279 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15281 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15282 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15286 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15287 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15288 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15291 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15292 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15293 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15294 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15295 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15296 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15298 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15299 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15300 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15301 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15304 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15305 were inserted or not. */
15308 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15310 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15311 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15314 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15317 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15319 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15321 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15323 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15324 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15325 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15326 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15328 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15330 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15331 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15332 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15333 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15337 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15338 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15339 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15343 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15347 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15348 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15350 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15351 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15352 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15356 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15360 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15364 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15365 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15366 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15367 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15370 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15371 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15374 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15379 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15381 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15383 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15384 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15392 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15396 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15399 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15402 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15403 non-zero otherwise. */
15405 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15407 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15408 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15409 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15416 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15418 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15419 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15421 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15425 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15427 struct breakpoint *bp;
15429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15430 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15432 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15434 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15438 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15440 if (syscall_number == iter)
15450 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15451 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15452 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15453 const char *text, const char *word)
15455 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15456 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15457 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15463 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15465 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15467 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15469 tracepoint_count = num;
15470 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15474 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15476 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15477 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15479 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15480 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15482 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15484 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15486 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15488 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15489 0 /* Ignore count */,
15490 pending_break_support,
15494 0 /* internal */, 0);
15498 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15500 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15502 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15504 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15505 0 /* Ignore count */,
15506 pending_break_support,
15507 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15510 0 /* internal */, 0);
15513 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15516 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15518 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15520 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15521 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15522 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15523 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15525 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15527 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15529 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15531 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15532 0 /* Ignore count */,
15533 pending_break_support,
15537 0 /* internal */, 0);
15540 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15541 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15543 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15544 static int next_cmd;
15547 read_uploaded_action (void)
15551 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15558 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15559 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15560 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15561 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15562 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15564 struct tracepoint *
15565 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15567 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15568 struct tracepoint *tp;
15570 if (utp->at_string)
15571 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15574 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15575 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15576 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15578 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15579 "source location, using raw address"),
15581 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15582 addr_str = small_buf;
15585 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15586 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15587 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15588 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15591 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15593 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15594 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15596 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15597 0 /* Ignore count */,
15598 pending_break_support,
15599 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15601 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15603 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15606 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15607 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15608 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15612 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15615 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15618 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15619 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15620 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15622 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15624 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15629 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15631 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15633 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15634 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15635 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15636 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15639 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15640 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15641 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15646 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15650 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15652 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15655 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15657 if (num_printed == 0)
15659 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15660 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15662 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15665 default_collect_info ();
15668 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15669 Not supported by all targets. */
15671 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15673 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15676 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15677 Not supported by all targets. */
15679 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15681 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15684 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15686 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15688 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15694 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15696 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15697 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15698 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15700 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15701 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15703 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15707 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15709 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15712 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15713 delete_breakpoint (b);
15717 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15720 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15723 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15725 tp->pass_count = count;
15726 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15728 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15729 tp->base.number, count);
15732 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15734 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15735 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15736 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15739 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15741 struct tracepoint *t1;
15742 unsigned int count;
15744 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15745 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15746 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15748 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15750 args = skip_spaces (args);
15751 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15753 struct breakpoint *b;
15755 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15757 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15759 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15761 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15762 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15765 else if (*args == '\0')
15767 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15769 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15773 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15775 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15776 while (!state.finished)
15778 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15780 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15785 struct tracepoint *
15786 get_tracepoint (int num)
15788 struct breakpoint *t;
15790 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15791 if (t->number == num)
15792 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15797 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15798 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15801 struct tracepoint *
15802 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15804 struct breakpoint *b;
15806 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15808 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15810 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15817 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15818 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15819 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15820 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15822 struct tracepoint *
15823 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15824 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15826 struct breakpoint *t;
15828 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15832 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15833 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15835 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15836 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15838 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15842 if (instring && *instring)
15843 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15846 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15850 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15851 if (t->number == tpnum)
15853 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15856 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15861 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15863 if (b->thread != -1)
15864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15872 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15873 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15874 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15878 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15879 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15881 struct breakpoint *tp;
15883 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15884 struct ui_file *fp;
15885 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15887 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15888 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15890 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15893 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15894 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15897 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15898 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15903 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15905 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15907 /* We can stop searching. */
15914 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15918 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15919 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15920 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15922 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15923 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15924 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15926 if (extra_trace_bits)
15927 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15931 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15932 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15935 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15936 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15939 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15941 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15942 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15945 if (tp->cond_string)
15946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15948 if (tp->ignore_count)
15949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15951 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15953 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15955 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15957 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15958 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15960 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15962 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15965 throw_exception (ex);
15967 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15970 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15973 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15974 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15975 special, and not user visible. */
15976 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15978 struct bp_location *loc;
15981 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15987 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15991 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15992 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15995 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15998 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16000 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16003 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16006 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16008 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16011 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16013 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16014 all_tracepoints (void)
16016 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16017 struct breakpoint *tp;
16019 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16021 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16028 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16029 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16030 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16032 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16033 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16034 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16035 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16036 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16037 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16038 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16039 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16040 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16041 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16042 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16044 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16045 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16047 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16048 conditions are different.\n\
16050 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16052 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16053 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16055 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16056 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16059 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16060 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16061 completer_ftype *completer,
16062 void *user_data_catch,
16063 void *user_data_tcatch)
16065 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16067 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16069 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16070 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16071 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16073 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16075 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16076 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16077 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16081 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16083 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16084 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16086 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16087 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16088 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16092 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16094 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16095 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16096 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16099 struct breakpoint *
16100 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16103 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16107 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16114 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16115 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16118 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16120 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16121 non-inline function. */
16122 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16128 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16129 have been inlined. */
16132 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16133 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16135 struct breakpoint *b;
16136 struct bp_location *bl;
16138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16140 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16143 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16145 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16146 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16154 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16157 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16159 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16162 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16163 loc->symtab = NULL;
16167 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16169 static int initialized = 0;
16171 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16177 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16178 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16179 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16180 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16181 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16182 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16183 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16184 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16185 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16186 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16187 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16188 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16190 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16191 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16192 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16193 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16194 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16195 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16196 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16197 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16199 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16200 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16201 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16202 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16203 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16204 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16205 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16206 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16207 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16208 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16210 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16211 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16212 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16213 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16214 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16215 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16216 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16218 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16219 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16220 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16221 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16222 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16223 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16224 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16226 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16227 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16228 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16229 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16231 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16232 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16233 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16234 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16235 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16236 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16237 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16240 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16241 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16242 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16243 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16244 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16245 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16246 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16247 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16248 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16249 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16250 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16251 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16252 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16253 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16255 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16256 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16257 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16258 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16259 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16260 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16261 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16262 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16263 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16264 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16265 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16268 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16269 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16270 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16271 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16272 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16273 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16274 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16275 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16276 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16277 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16279 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16280 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16281 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16282 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16283 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16285 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16286 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16287 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16288 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16289 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16290 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16292 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16293 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16294 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16295 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16296 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16297 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16298 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16299 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16300 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16301 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16303 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16304 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16305 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16306 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16307 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16308 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16309 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16310 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16311 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16312 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16314 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16315 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16316 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16317 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16318 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16319 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16320 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16321 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16322 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16323 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16324 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16326 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16327 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16328 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16329 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16330 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16331 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16332 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16333 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16334 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16335 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16336 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16338 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16339 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16340 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16341 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16342 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16343 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16344 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16345 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16346 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16347 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16348 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16349 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16351 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16352 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16353 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16354 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16355 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16356 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16357 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16358 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16359 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16362 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16364 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16367 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16369 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16371 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16373 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16374 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16375 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16376 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16378 breakpoint_objfile_key
16379 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16381 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16382 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16383 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16385 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16386 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16387 before a breakpoint is set. */
16388 breakpoint_count = 0;
16390 tracepoint_count = 0;
16392 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16393 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16394 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16396 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16398 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16399 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16400 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16401 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16402 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16403 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16404 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16405 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16407 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16408 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16409 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16410 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16411 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16413 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16414 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16415 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16416 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16417 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16419 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16420 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16422 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16423 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16424 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16425 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16427 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16428 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16430 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16431 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16432 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16433 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16435 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16436 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16438 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16439 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16440 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16441 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16442 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16443 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16444 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16446 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16447 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16448 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16449 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16450 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16451 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16453 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16455 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16456 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16457 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16458 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16459 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16460 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16462 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16463 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16464 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16467 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16468 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16469 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16472 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16473 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16474 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16475 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16478 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16479 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16480 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16483 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16484 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16485 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16488 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16489 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16490 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16491 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16494 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16495 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16496 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16497 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16498 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16499 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16500 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16501 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16503 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16504 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16505 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16506 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16507 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16509 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16510 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16511 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16512 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16513 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16514 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16517 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16518 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16519 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16520 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16522 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16523 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16524 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16525 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16526 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16528 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16529 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16530 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16531 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16533 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16534 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16535 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16536 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16537 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16540 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16541 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16542 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16543 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16544 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16545 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16547 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16548 is executing in.\n\
16550 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16551 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16553 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16554 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16555 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16556 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16558 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16559 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16560 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16561 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16564 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16568 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16569 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16570 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16571 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16572 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16573 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16574 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16575 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16576 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16577 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16578 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16579 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16580 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16581 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16582 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16583 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16585 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16586 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16587 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16588 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16589 breakpoint set."));
16592 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16593 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16594 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16595 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16596 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16597 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16598 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16599 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16600 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16602 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16603 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16604 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16605 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16606 breakpoint set."));
16608 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16611 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16612 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16613 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16614 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16615 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16616 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16617 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16618 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16619 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16621 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16622 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16623 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16624 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16625 breakpoint set."));
16627 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16628 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16629 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16630 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16631 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16632 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16633 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16634 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16635 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16636 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16637 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16638 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16639 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16641 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16642 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16643 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16644 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16646 &maintenanceinfolist);
16648 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16649 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16650 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16651 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16653 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16654 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16655 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16656 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16658 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16659 catch_fork_command_1,
16661 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16662 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16663 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16664 catch_fork_command_1,
16666 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16667 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16668 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16669 catch_exec_command_1,
16673 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16674 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16675 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16676 catch_load_command_1,
16680 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16681 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16682 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16683 catch_unload_command_1,
16687 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16688 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16689 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16690 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16691 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16692 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16693 catch_syscall_command_1,
16694 catch_syscall_completer,
16698 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16699 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16700 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16701 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16702 an expression changes.\n\
16703 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16704 the memory to which it refers."));
16705 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16707 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16708 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16709 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16710 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16711 an expression is read.\n\
16712 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16713 the memory to which it refers."));
16714 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16716 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16717 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16718 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16719 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16720 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16721 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16722 the memory to which it refers."));
16723 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16725 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16726 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16728 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16729 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16730 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16731 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16732 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16733 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16734 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16735 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16736 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16739 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16740 &setlist, &showlist);
16742 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16744 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16746 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16747 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16749 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16750 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16751 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16753 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16754 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16755 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16756 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16758 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16759 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16761 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16762 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16763 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16765 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16766 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16768 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16769 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16770 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16771 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16772 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16773 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16774 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16775 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16776 the selected stack frame.\n\
16777 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16778 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16779 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16780 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16782 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16784 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16785 conditions are different.\n\
16787 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16788 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16789 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16791 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16792 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16793 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16794 last tracepoint set."));
16796 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16798 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16799 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16800 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16801 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16803 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16805 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16806 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16807 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16808 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16810 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16812 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16813 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16814 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16815 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16817 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16819 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16820 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16821 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16822 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16823 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16825 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16826 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16827 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16828 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16830 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16831 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16832 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16833 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16834 session to restore them."),
16836 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16838 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16839 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16840 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16842 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16844 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16845 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16847 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16848 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16849 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16850 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16851 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16852 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16853 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16854 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16855 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16856 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16857 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16858 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16860 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16861 &pending_break_support, _("\
16862 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16863 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16864 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16865 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16866 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16867 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16869 show_pending_break_support,
16870 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16871 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16873 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16875 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16876 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16877 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16878 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16879 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16880 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16881 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16883 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16884 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16885 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16887 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16888 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16889 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16890 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16891 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16892 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16893 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16894 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16895 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16896 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16897 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16898 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16900 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16901 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16902 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16904 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16905 condition_evaluation_enums,
16906 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16907 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16908 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16909 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16910 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16911 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16912 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16913 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16914 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16915 be set to \"gdb\""),
16916 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16917 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16918 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16919 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16921 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16922 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16923 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16924 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16925 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16926 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16927 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16928 or the start of the range\n\
16929 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16930 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16931 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16933 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16934 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16935 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16937 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16938 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16939 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16940 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16941 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16942 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16943 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16945 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16946 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16947 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16948 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16949 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16950 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16951 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16952 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16953 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16954 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16955 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16956 &setlist, &showlist);
16958 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16959 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16960 &dprintf_function, _("\
16961 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16962 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16963 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16964 &setlist, &showlist);
16966 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16967 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16968 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16969 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16970 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16971 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16972 &setlist, &showlist);
16974 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16975 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16976 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16977 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16978 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16979 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16982 &setlist, &showlist);
16984 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16985 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16986 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16988 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16990 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16991 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);